1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 118 */ 119 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 122 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = 1<<20, 141 }; 142 143 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 144 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 145 146 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 147 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 148 149 /** 150 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 151 * 152 * This structure describes a single channel for use 153 * with cfg80211. 154 * 155 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 156 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 157 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 158 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 159 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 160 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 161 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 162 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 163 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 164 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 165 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 166 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 167 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 168 * @orig_mag: internal use 169 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 170 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 171 * on this channel. 172 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 173 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 174 */ 175 struct ieee80211_channel { 176 enum nl80211_band band; 177 u32 center_freq; 178 u16 freq_offset; 179 u16 hw_value; 180 u32 flags; 181 int max_antenna_gain; 182 int max_power; 183 int max_reg_power; 184 bool beacon_found; 185 u32 orig_flags; 186 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 187 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 188 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 189 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 190 }; 191 192 /** 193 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 194 * 195 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 196 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 197 * different bands/PHY modes. 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 200 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 201 * with CCK rates. 202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 203 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 204 * core code when registering the wiphy. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 206 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 207 * core code when registering the wiphy. 208 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 209 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 210 * core code when registering the wiphy. 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 212 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 213 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 214 */ 215 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 216 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 221 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 222 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 223 }; 224 225 /** 226 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 227 * 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 231 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 232 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 233 */ 234 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 238 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 239 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 240 }; 241 242 /** 243 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 244 * 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 246 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 247 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 248 */ 249 enum ieee80211_privacy { 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 251 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 252 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 253 }; 254 255 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 256 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 257 258 /** 259 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 260 * 261 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 262 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 263 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 264 * passed around. 265 * 266 * @flags: rate-specific flags 267 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 268 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 269 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 270 * short preamble is used 271 */ 272 struct ieee80211_rate { 273 u32 flags; 274 u16 bitrate; 275 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 276 }; 277 278 /** 279 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 280 * 281 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 282 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 283 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 284 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 285 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 286 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 287 * members of the SRG 288 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 289 * used by members of the SRG 290 */ 291 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 292 bool enable; 293 u8 sr_ctrl; 294 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 295 u8 min_offset; 296 u8 max_offset; 297 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 298 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 299 }; 300 301 /** 302 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 303 * 304 * @color: the current color. 305 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 306 * @partial: define the AID equation. 307 */ 308 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 309 u8 color; 310 bool enabled; 311 bool partial; 312 }; 313 314 /** 315 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 316 * 317 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 318 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 319 * 320 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 321 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 322 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 323 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 324 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 325 */ 326 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 327 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 328 bool ht_supported; 329 u8 ampdu_factor; 330 u8 ampdu_density; 331 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 332 }; 333 334 /** 335 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 336 * 337 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 338 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 339 * 340 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 341 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 342 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 343 */ 344 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 345 bool vht_supported; 346 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 347 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 348 }; 349 350 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 351 352 /** 353 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 354 * 355 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 356 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 357 * 358 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 359 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 360 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 361 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 362 */ 363 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 364 bool has_he; 365 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 366 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 367 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 368 }; 369 370 /** 371 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 372 * 373 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 374 * and NSS Set field" 375 * 376 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 377 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 378 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 379 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 380 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 383 union { 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 385 struct { 386 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 387 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 388 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 389 } __packed bw; 390 } __packed; 391 } __packed; 392 393 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 394 395 /** 396 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 397 * 398 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 399 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 400 * 401 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 402 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 403 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 404 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 405 */ 406 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 407 bool has_eht; 408 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 409 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 410 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 411 }; 412 413 /** 414 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 415 * 416 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 417 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 418 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 419 * 420 * @types_mask: interface types mask 421 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 422 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 423 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 424 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 425 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 426 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 427 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 428 */ 429 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 430 u16 types_mask; 431 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 432 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 433 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 434 struct { 435 const u8 *data; 436 unsigned int len; 437 } vendor_elems; 438 }; 439 440 /** 441 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 442 * 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 447 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 449 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 451 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 453 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 455 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 457 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 458 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 459 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 460 */ 461 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 470 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 471 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 472 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 473 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 478 * 479 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 480 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 481 * 482 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 483 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 484 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 485 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 486 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 487 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 488 */ 489 struct ieee80211_edmg { 490 u8 channels; 491 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 492 }; 493 494 /** 495 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 496 * 497 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 498 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 499 * 500 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 501 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 502 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 503 */ 504 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 505 bool s1g; 506 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 507 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 508 }; 509 510 /** 511 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 512 * 513 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 514 * is able to operate in. 515 * 516 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. 518 * @band: the band this structure represents 519 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 520 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 521 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 522 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 523 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 524 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 525 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 526 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 527 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 528 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 529 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 530 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 531 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 532 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 533 * iftype_data). 534 */ 535 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 536 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 537 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 538 enum nl80211_band band; 539 int n_channels; 540 int n_bitrates; 541 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 542 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 543 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 544 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 545 u16 n_iftype_data; 546 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 547 }; 548 549 /** 550 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 551 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 552 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 553 * 554 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 555 */ 556 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 557 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 558 u8 iftype) 559 { 560 int i; 561 562 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 563 return NULL; 564 565 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 566 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 567 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 568 569 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 570 return data; 571 } 572 573 return NULL; 574 } 575 576 /** 577 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 578 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 579 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 580 * 581 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 582 */ 583 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 584 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 585 u8 iftype) 586 { 587 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 588 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 589 590 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 591 return &data->he_cap; 592 593 return NULL; 594 } 595 596 /** 597 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 598 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 599 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 600 * 601 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 602 */ 603 static inline __le16 604 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 605 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 606 { 607 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 608 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 609 610 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 611 return 0; 612 613 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 614 } 615 616 /** 617 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 618 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 619 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 620 * 621 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 622 */ 623 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 624 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 625 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 626 { 627 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 628 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 629 630 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 631 return &data->eht_cap; 632 633 return NULL; 634 } 635 636 /** 637 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 638 * 639 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 640 * 641 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 642 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 643 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 644 * 645 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 646 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 647 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 648 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 649 * without affecting other devices. 650 * 651 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 652 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 653 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 654 */ 655 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 656 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 657 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 658 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 659 { 660 } 661 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 662 663 664 /* 665 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 666 */ 667 668 /** 669 * DOC: Actions and configuration 670 * 671 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 672 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 673 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 674 * operations use are described separately. 675 * 676 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 677 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 678 * 679 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 680 * in a separate chapter. 681 */ 682 683 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 684 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 685 686 /** 687 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 688 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 689 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 690 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 691 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 692 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 693 * determine the address as needed. 694 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 695 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 696 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 697 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 698 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 699 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 700 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 701 */ 702 struct vif_params { 703 u32 flags; 704 int use_4addr; 705 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 706 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 707 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * struct key_params - key information 712 * 713 * Information about a key 714 * 715 * @key: key material 716 * @key_len: length of key material 717 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 718 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 719 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 720 * length given by @seq_len. 721 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 722 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 723 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 724 */ 725 struct key_params { 726 const u8 *key; 727 const u8 *seq; 728 int key_len; 729 int seq_len; 730 u16 vlan_id; 731 u32 cipher; 732 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 733 }; 734 735 /** 736 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 737 * @chan: the (control) channel 738 * @width: channel width 739 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 740 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 741 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 742 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 743 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 744 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 745 * parameters are ignored. 746 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 747 */ 748 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 749 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 750 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 751 u32 center_freq1; 752 u32 center_freq2; 753 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 754 u16 freq1_offset; 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 759 */ 760 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 761 struct { 762 u32 legacy; 763 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 764 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 765 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 766 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 767 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 768 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 769 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 770 }; 771 772 773 /** 774 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 775 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 776 * of the peer. 777 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 778 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 779 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 780 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 781 * @retry_long: retry count value 782 * @retry_short: retry count value 783 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 784 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 785 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 786 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 787 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 788 */ 789 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 790 bool config_override; 791 u8 tids; 792 u64 mask; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 794 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 795 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 796 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 797 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 798 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 799 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 800 }; 801 802 /** 803 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 804 * @peer: Station's MAC address 805 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 806 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 809 const u8 *peer; 810 u32 n_tid_conf; 811 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 812 }; 813 814 /** 815 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 816 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 817 * @kek: FILS KEK 818 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 819 * @snonce: STA Nonce 820 * @anonce: AP Nonce 821 */ 822 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 823 const u8 *macaddr; 824 const u8 *kek; 825 u8 kek_len; 826 const u8 *snonce; 827 const u8 *anonce; 828 }; 829 830 /** 831 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 832 * @chandef: the channel definition 833 * 834 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 835 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 836 */ 837 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 838 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 839 { 840 switch (chandef->width) { 841 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 842 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 843 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 844 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 845 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 846 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 847 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 848 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 849 default: 850 WARN_ON(1); 851 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 852 } 853 } 854 855 /** 856 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 857 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 858 * @channel: the control channel 859 * @chantype: the channel type 860 * 861 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 862 */ 863 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 864 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 865 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 866 867 /** 868 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 869 * @chandef1: first channel definition 870 * @chandef2: second channel definition 871 * 872 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 873 * identical, %false otherwise. 874 */ 875 static inline bool 876 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 877 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 878 { 879 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 880 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 881 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 882 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 883 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 884 } 885 886 /** 887 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 888 * 889 * @chandef: the channel definition 890 * 891 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 892 */ 893 static inline bool 894 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 895 { 896 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 897 } 898 899 /** 900 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 901 * @chandef1: first channel definition 902 * @chandef2: second channel definition 903 * 904 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 905 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 906 */ 907 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 908 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 909 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 910 911 /** 912 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 913 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 914 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 915 */ 916 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 917 918 /** 919 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 920 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 921 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 922 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 923 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 924 */ 925 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 926 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 927 u32 prohibited_flags); 928 929 /** 930 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 931 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 932 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 933 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 934 * Returns: 935 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 936 */ 937 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 938 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 939 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 940 941 /** 942 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 943 * 944 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 945 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 946 * 947 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 948 * 949 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 950 */ 951 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 952 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 953 { 954 switch (chandef->width) { 955 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 956 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 957 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 958 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 959 default: 960 break; 961 } 962 return 0; 963 } 964 965 /** 966 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 967 * 968 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 969 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 970 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 971 * 972 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 973 * 974 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 975 */ 976 static inline int 977 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 978 { 979 switch (chandef->width) { 980 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 981 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 982 chandef->chan->max_power); 983 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 984 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 985 chandef->chan->max_power); 986 default: 987 break; 988 } 989 return chandef->chan->max_power; 990 } 991 992 /** 993 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 994 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 995 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 996 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 997 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 998 */ 999 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1000 unsigned long band_mask, 1001 u32 prohibited_flags); 1002 1003 /** 1004 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1005 * 1006 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1007 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1008 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1009 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1010 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1011 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1012 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1013 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1014 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1015 * 1016 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1017 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1018 */ 1019 enum survey_info_flags { 1020 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1021 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1022 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1023 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1024 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1025 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1026 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1027 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1028 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1029 }; 1030 1031 /** 1032 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1033 * 1034 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1035 * record to report global statistics 1036 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1037 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1038 * optional 1039 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1040 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1041 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1042 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1043 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1044 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1045 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1046 * 1047 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1048 * 1049 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1050 * channel duty cycle etc. 1051 */ 1052 struct survey_info { 1053 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1054 u64 time; 1055 u64 time_busy; 1056 u64 time_ext_busy; 1057 u64 time_rx; 1058 u64 time_tx; 1059 u64 time_scan; 1060 u64 time_bss_rx; 1061 u32 filled; 1062 s8 noise; 1063 }; 1064 1065 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 1066 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1067 1068 /** 1069 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1070 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1071 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1072 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1073 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1074 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1075 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1076 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1077 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1078 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1079 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1080 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1081 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1082 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1083 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1084 * protocol frames. 1085 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1086 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1087 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1088 * port for mac80211 1089 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1090 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1091 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1092 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1093 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1094 * offload) 1095 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1096 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1097 * 1098 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1099 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1100 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1101 * such a scenario. 1102 * 1103 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1104 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1105 * 1106 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1107 * Allow hash-to-element only 1108 * 1109 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1110 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1111 */ 1112 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1113 u32 wpa_versions; 1114 u32 cipher_group; 1115 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1116 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1117 int n_akm_suites; 1118 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1119 bool control_port; 1120 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1121 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1122 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1123 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1124 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1125 int wep_tx_key; 1126 const u8 *psk; 1127 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1128 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1129 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1130 }; 1131 1132 /** 1133 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1134 * 1135 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1136 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1137 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1138 */ 1139 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1140 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1141 u8 index; 1142 bool ema; 1143 }; 1144 1145 /** 1146 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1147 * 1148 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1149 * 1150 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1151 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1152 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1153 */ 1154 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1155 u8 cnt; 1156 struct { 1157 const u8 *data; 1158 size_t len; 1159 } elem[]; 1160 }; 1161 1162 /** 1163 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1164 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1165 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1166 * or %NULL if not changed 1167 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1168 * or %NULL if not changed 1169 * @head_len: length of @head 1170 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1171 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1172 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1173 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1174 * frames or %NULL 1175 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1176 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1177 * Response frames or %NULL 1178 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1179 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1180 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1181 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1182 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1183 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1184 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1185 * (measurement type 8) 1186 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1187 * Token (measurement type 11) 1188 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1189 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1190 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1191 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1192 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1193 */ 1194 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1195 unsigned int link_id; 1196 1197 const u8 *head, *tail; 1198 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1199 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1200 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1201 const u8 *probe_resp; 1202 const u8 *lci; 1203 const u8 *civicloc; 1204 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1205 s8 ftm_responder; 1206 1207 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1208 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1209 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1210 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1211 size_t probe_resp_len; 1212 size_t lci_len; 1213 size_t civicloc_len; 1214 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1215 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1216 }; 1217 1218 struct mac_address { 1219 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1220 }; 1221 1222 /** 1223 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1224 * 1225 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1226 * entry specified by mac_addr 1227 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1228 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1229 */ 1230 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1231 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1232 int n_acl_entries; 1233 1234 /* Keep it last */ 1235 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1236 }; 1237 1238 /** 1239 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1240 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1241 * 1242 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1243 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1244 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1245 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1246 * frame headers. 1247 */ 1248 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1249 u32 min_interval; 1250 u32 max_interval; 1251 size_t tmpl_len; 1252 const u8 *tmpl; 1253 }; 1254 1255 /** 1256 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1257 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1258 * 1259 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1260 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1261 * scanning 1262 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1263 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1264 */ 1265 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1266 u32 interval; 1267 size_t tmpl_len; 1268 const u8 *tmpl; 1269 }; 1270 1271 /** 1272 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1273 * 1274 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1275 * 1276 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1277 * @beacon: beacon data 1278 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1279 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1280 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1281 * user space) 1282 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1283 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1284 * @crypto: crypto settings 1285 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1286 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1287 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1288 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1289 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1290 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1291 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1292 * MAC address based access control 1293 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1294 * networks. 1295 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1296 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1297 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1298 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1299 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1300 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1301 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1302 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1303 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1304 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1305 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1306 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1307 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1308 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1309 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1310 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1311 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1312 */ 1313 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1314 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1315 1316 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1317 1318 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1319 const u8 *ssid; 1320 size_t ssid_len; 1321 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1322 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1323 bool privacy; 1324 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1325 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1326 int inactivity_timeout; 1327 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1328 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1329 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1330 bool pbss; 1331 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1332 1333 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1334 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1335 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1336 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1337 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1338 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1339 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1340 bool twt_responder; 1341 u32 flags; 1342 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1343 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1344 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1345 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1346 }; 1347 1348 /** 1349 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1350 * 1351 * Used for channel switch 1352 * 1353 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1354 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1355 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1356 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1357 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1358 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1359 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1360 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1361 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1362 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1363 */ 1364 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1365 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1366 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1367 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1368 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1369 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1370 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1371 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1372 bool radar_required; 1373 bool block_tx; 1374 u8 count; 1375 }; 1376 1377 /** 1378 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1379 * 1380 * Used for bss color change 1381 * 1382 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1383 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1384 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1385 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1386 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1387 * @color: the color used after the change 1388 */ 1389 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1390 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1391 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1392 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1393 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1394 u8 count; 1395 u8 color; 1396 }; 1397 1398 /** 1399 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1400 * 1401 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1402 * 1403 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1404 * to use for verification 1405 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1406 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1407 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1408 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1409 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1410 * nl80211_iftype. 1411 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1412 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1413 * the verification 1414 */ 1415 struct iface_combination_params { 1416 int num_different_channels; 1417 u8 radar_detect; 1418 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1419 u32 new_beacon_int; 1420 }; 1421 1422 /** 1423 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1424 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1425 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1426 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1427 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA 1428 * 1429 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1430 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1431 */ 1432 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1433 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1434 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1435 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1436 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1437 }; 1438 1439 /** 1440 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1441 * 1442 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1443 * 1444 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1445 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1446 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1447 * power per-interface or per-station. 1448 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1449 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1450 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1451 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1452 * per peer TPC. 1453 */ 1454 struct sta_txpwr { 1455 s16 power; 1456 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1457 }; 1458 1459 /** 1460 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1461 * 1462 * Used to change and create a new station. 1463 * 1464 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1465 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1466 * (or NULL for no change) 1467 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1468 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1469 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1470 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1471 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1472 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1473 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1474 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1475 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1476 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1477 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1478 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1479 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1480 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1481 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1482 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1483 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1484 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1485 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1486 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1487 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1488 * to unknown) 1489 * @capability: station capability 1490 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1491 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1492 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1493 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1494 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1495 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1496 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1497 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1498 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1499 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1500 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1501 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1502 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1503 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1504 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1505 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1506 */ 1507 struct station_parameters { 1508 const u8 *supported_rates; 1509 struct net_device *vlan; 1510 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1511 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1512 int listen_interval; 1513 u16 aid; 1514 u16 vlan_id; 1515 u16 peer_aid; 1516 u8 supported_rates_len; 1517 u8 plink_action; 1518 u8 plink_state; 1519 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1520 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1521 u8 uapsd_queues; 1522 u8 max_sp; 1523 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1524 u16 capability; 1525 const u8 *ext_capab; 1526 u8 ext_capab_len; 1527 const u8 *supported_channels; 1528 u8 supported_channels_len; 1529 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1530 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1531 u8 opmode_notif; 1532 bool opmode_notif_used; 1533 int support_p2p_ps; 1534 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1535 u8 he_capa_len; 1536 u16 airtime_weight; 1537 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1538 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1539 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1540 u8 eht_capa_len; 1541 }; 1542 1543 /** 1544 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1545 * 1546 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1547 * 1548 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1549 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1550 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1551 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1552 */ 1553 struct station_del_parameters { 1554 const u8 *mac; 1555 u8 subtype; 1556 u16 reason_code; 1557 }; 1558 1559 /** 1560 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1561 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1562 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1563 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1564 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1565 * the AP MLME in the device 1566 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1567 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1568 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1569 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1570 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1571 * supported/used) 1572 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1573 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1574 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1575 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1576 */ 1577 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1578 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1579 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1580 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1581 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1582 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1583 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1584 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1585 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1586 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1587 }; 1588 1589 /** 1590 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1591 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1592 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1593 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1594 * 1595 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1596 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1597 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1598 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1599 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1600 */ 1601 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1602 struct station_parameters *params, 1603 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1604 1605 /** 1606 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1607 * 1608 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1609 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1610 * 1611 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1612 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1613 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1614 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1615 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1616 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1617 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1618 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1619 */ 1620 enum rate_info_flags { 1621 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1622 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1623 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1624 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1625 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1626 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1627 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1628 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1629 }; 1630 1631 /** 1632 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1633 * 1634 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1635 * 1636 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1637 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1638 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1639 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1640 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1641 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1642 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1643 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1644 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1645 */ 1646 enum rate_info_bw { 1647 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1648 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1649 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1650 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1651 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1652 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1653 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1654 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1655 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1656 }; 1657 1658 /** 1659 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1660 * 1661 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1662 * 1663 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1664 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1665 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1666 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1667 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1668 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1669 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1670 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1671 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1672 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1673 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1674 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1675 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1676 */ 1677 struct rate_info { 1678 u8 flags; 1679 u8 mcs; 1680 u16 legacy; 1681 u8 nss; 1682 u8 bw; 1683 u8 he_gi; 1684 u8 he_dcm; 1685 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1686 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1687 u8 eht_gi; 1688 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1689 }; 1690 1691 /** 1692 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1693 * 1694 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1695 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1696 * 1697 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1698 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1699 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1700 */ 1701 enum bss_param_flags { 1702 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1703 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1704 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1705 }; 1706 1707 /** 1708 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1709 * 1710 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1711 * 1712 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1713 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1714 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1715 */ 1716 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1717 u8 flags; 1718 u8 dtim_period; 1719 u16 beacon_interval; 1720 }; 1721 1722 /** 1723 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1724 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1725 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1726 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1727 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1728 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1729 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1730 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1731 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1732 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1733 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1734 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1735 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1736 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1737 */ 1738 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1739 u32 filled; 1740 u32 backlog_bytes; 1741 u32 backlog_packets; 1742 u32 flows; 1743 u32 drops; 1744 u32 ecn_marks; 1745 u32 overlimit; 1746 u32 overmemory; 1747 u32 collisions; 1748 u32 tx_bytes; 1749 u32 tx_packets; 1750 u32 max_flows; 1751 }; 1752 1753 /** 1754 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1755 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1756 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1757 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1758 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1759 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1760 * transmitted MSDUs 1761 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1762 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1763 */ 1764 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1765 u32 filled; 1766 u64 rx_msdu; 1767 u64 tx_msdu; 1768 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1769 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1770 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1771 }; 1772 1773 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1774 1775 /** 1776 * struct station_info - station information 1777 * 1778 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1779 * 1780 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1781 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1782 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1783 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1784 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1785 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1786 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1787 * @llid: mesh local link id 1788 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1789 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1790 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1791 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1792 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1793 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1794 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1795 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1796 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1797 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1798 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1799 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1800 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1801 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1802 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1803 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1804 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1805 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1806 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1807 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1808 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1809 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1810 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1811 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1812 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1813 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1814 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1815 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1816 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1817 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1818 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1819 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1820 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1821 * towards this station. 1822 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1823 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1824 * from this peer 1825 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1826 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1827 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1828 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1829 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1830 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1831 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1832 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1833 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1834 * been sent. 1835 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1836 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1837 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1838 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1839 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1840 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1841 */ 1842 struct station_info { 1843 u64 filled; 1844 u32 connected_time; 1845 u32 inactive_time; 1846 u64 assoc_at; 1847 u64 rx_bytes; 1848 u64 tx_bytes; 1849 u16 llid; 1850 u16 plid; 1851 u8 plink_state; 1852 s8 signal; 1853 s8 signal_avg; 1854 1855 u8 chains; 1856 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1857 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1858 1859 struct rate_info txrate; 1860 struct rate_info rxrate; 1861 u32 rx_packets; 1862 u32 tx_packets; 1863 u32 tx_retries; 1864 u32 tx_failed; 1865 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1866 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1867 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1868 1869 int generation; 1870 1871 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1872 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1873 1874 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1875 s64 t_offset; 1876 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1877 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1878 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1879 1880 u32 expected_throughput; 1881 1882 u64 tx_duration; 1883 u64 rx_duration; 1884 u64 rx_beacon; 1885 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1886 u8 connected_to_gate; 1887 1888 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1889 s8 ack_signal; 1890 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1891 1892 u16 airtime_weight; 1893 1894 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1895 u32 fcs_err_count; 1896 1897 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1898 1899 u8 connected_to_as; 1900 }; 1901 1902 /** 1903 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1904 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1905 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1906 */ 1907 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1908 s32 power; 1909 u32 freq_range_index; 1910 }; 1911 1912 /** 1913 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1914 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1915 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1916 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1917 */ 1918 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1919 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1920 u32 num_sub_specs; 1921 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1922 }; 1923 1924 1925 /** 1926 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1927 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1928 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1929 */ 1930 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1931 u32 start_freq; 1932 u32 end_freq; 1933 }; 1934 1935 /** 1936 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1937 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1938 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1939 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1940 * 1941 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1942 * range to small ones and then append them. 1943 */ 1944 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1945 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1946 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1947 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1948 }; 1949 1950 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1951 /** 1952 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1953 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1954 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1955 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1956 * 1957 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1958 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1959 * considered undefined. 1960 */ 1961 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1962 struct station_info *sinfo); 1963 #else 1964 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1965 const u8 *mac_addr, 1966 struct station_info *sinfo) 1967 { 1968 return -ENOENT; 1969 } 1970 #endif 1971 1972 /** 1973 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1974 * 1975 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1976 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1977 * 1978 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1979 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1980 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1981 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1982 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1983 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1984 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1985 */ 1986 enum monitor_flags { 1987 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1988 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1989 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1990 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1991 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1992 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1993 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1994 }; 1995 1996 /** 1997 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1998 * 1999 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2000 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2001 * 2002 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2003 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2004 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2005 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2006 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2007 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2008 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2009 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2010 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2011 */ 2012 enum mpath_info_flags { 2013 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2014 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2015 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2016 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2017 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2018 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2019 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2020 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2021 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2022 }; 2023 2024 /** 2025 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2026 * 2027 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2028 * 2029 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2030 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2031 * @sn: target sequence number 2032 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2033 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2034 * @flags: mesh path flags 2035 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2036 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2037 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2038 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2039 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2040 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2041 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2042 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2043 */ 2044 struct mpath_info { 2045 u32 filled; 2046 u32 frame_qlen; 2047 u32 sn; 2048 u32 metric; 2049 u32 exptime; 2050 u32 discovery_timeout; 2051 u8 discovery_retries; 2052 u8 flags; 2053 u8 hop_count; 2054 u32 path_change_count; 2055 2056 int generation; 2057 }; 2058 2059 /** 2060 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2061 * 2062 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2063 * 2064 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2065 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2066 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2067 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2068 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2069 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2070 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2071 * (or NULL for no change) 2072 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2073 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2074 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2075 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2076 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2077 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2078 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2079 */ 2080 struct bss_parameters { 2081 int use_cts_prot; 2082 int use_short_preamble; 2083 int use_short_slot_time; 2084 const u8 *basic_rates; 2085 u8 basic_rates_len; 2086 int ap_isolate; 2087 int ht_opmode; 2088 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2089 }; 2090 2091 /** 2092 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2093 * 2094 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2095 * 2096 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2097 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2098 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2099 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2100 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2101 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2102 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2103 * mesh interface 2104 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2105 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2106 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2107 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2108 * elements 2109 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2110 * detect compatible mesh peers 2111 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2112 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2113 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2114 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2115 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2116 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2117 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2118 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2119 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2120 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2121 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2122 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2123 * element 2124 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2125 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2126 * element 2127 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2128 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2129 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2130 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2131 * announcements are transmitted 2132 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2133 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2134 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2135 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2136 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2137 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2138 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2139 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2140 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2141 * station to establish a peer link 2142 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2143 * 2144 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2145 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2146 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2147 * 2148 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2149 * PREQs are transmitted. 2150 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2151 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2152 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2153 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2154 * setting for new peer links. 2155 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2156 * after transmitting its beacon. 2157 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2158 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2159 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2160 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2161 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2162 * in the mesh formation field. 2163 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2164 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2165 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2166 * in the mesh path table 2167 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2168 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2169 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2170 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2171 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2172 */ 2173 struct mesh_config { 2174 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2175 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2176 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2177 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2178 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2179 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2180 u8 element_ttl; 2181 bool auto_open_plinks; 2182 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2183 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2184 u32 path_refresh_time; 2185 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2186 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2187 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2188 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2189 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2190 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2191 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2192 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2193 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2194 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2195 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2196 s32 rssi_threshold; 2197 u16 ht_opmode; 2198 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2199 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2200 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2201 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2202 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2203 u32 plink_timeout; 2204 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2205 }; 2206 2207 /** 2208 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2209 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2210 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2211 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2212 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2213 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2214 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2215 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2216 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2217 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2218 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2219 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2220 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2221 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2222 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2223 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2224 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2225 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2226 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2227 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2228 * to operate on DFS channels. 2229 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2230 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2231 * 2232 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2233 */ 2234 struct mesh_setup { 2235 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2236 const u8 *mesh_id; 2237 u8 mesh_id_len; 2238 u8 sync_method; 2239 u8 path_sel_proto; 2240 u8 path_metric; 2241 u8 auth_id; 2242 const u8 *ie; 2243 u8 ie_len; 2244 bool is_authenticated; 2245 bool is_secure; 2246 bool user_mpm; 2247 u8 dtim_period; 2248 u16 beacon_interval; 2249 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2250 u32 basic_rates; 2251 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2252 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2253 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2254 }; 2255 2256 /** 2257 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2258 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2259 * 2260 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2261 */ 2262 struct ocb_setup { 2263 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2264 }; 2265 2266 /** 2267 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2268 * @ac: AC identifier 2269 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2270 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2271 * 1..32767] 2272 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2273 * 1..32767] 2274 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2275 */ 2276 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2277 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2278 u16 txop; 2279 u16 cwmin; 2280 u16 cwmax; 2281 u8 aifs; 2282 }; 2283 2284 /** 2285 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2286 * 2287 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2288 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2289 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2290 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2291 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2292 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2293 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2294 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2295 * in the wiphy structure. 2296 * 2297 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2298 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2299 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2300 * 2301 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2302 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2303 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2304 * to userspace. 2305 */ 2306 2307 /** 2308 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2309 * @ssid: the SSID 2310 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2311 */ 2312 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2313 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2314 u8 ssid_len; 2315 }; 2316 2317 /** 2318 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2319 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2320 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2321 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2322 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2323 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2324 * userspace will be notified of that 2325 */ 2326 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2327 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2328 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2329 bool aborted; 2330 }; 2331 2332 /** 2333 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2334 * 2335 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2336 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2337 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2338 * which the above info relvant to 2339 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2340 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2341 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2342 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2343 */ 2344 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2345 u32 short_ssid; 2346 u32 channel_idx; 2347 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2348 bool unsolicited_probe; 2349 bool short_ssid_valid; 2350 bool psc_no_listen; 2351 }; 2352 2353 /** 2354 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2355 * 2356 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2357 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2358 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2359 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2360 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2361 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2362 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2363 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2364 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2365 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2366 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2367 * %duration field. 2368 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2369 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2370 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2371 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2372 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2373 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2374 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2375 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2376 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2377 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2378 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2379 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2380 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2381 * true if this is the second scan request 2382 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2383 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2384 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2385 */ 2386 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2387 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2388 int n_ssids; 2389 u32 n_channels; 2390 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2391 const u8 *ie; 2392 size_t ie_len; 2393 u16 duration; 2394 bool duration_mandatory; 2395 u32 flags; 2396 2397 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2398 2399 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2400 2401 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2402 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2403 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2404 2405 /* internal */ 2406 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2407 unsigned long scan_start; 2408 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2409 bool notified; 2410 bool no_cck; 2411 bool scan_6ghz; 2412 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2413 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2414 2415 /* keep last */ 2416 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2417 }; 2418 2419 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2420 { 2421 int i; 2422 2423 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2424 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2425 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2426 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2427 } 2428 } 2429 2430 /** 2431 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2432 * 2433 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2434 * or no match (RSSI only) 2435 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2436 * or no match (RSSI only) 2437 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2438 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2439 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2440 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2441 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2442 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2443 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2444 * corresponding matchset. 2445 */ 2446 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2447 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2448 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2449 s32 rssi_thold; 2450 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2451 }; 2452 2453 /** 2454 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2455 * 2456 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2457 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2458 * infinite loop. 2459 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2460 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2461 */ 2462 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2463 u32 interval; 2464 u32 iterations; 2465 }; 2466 2467 /** 2468 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2469 * 2470 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2471 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2472 */ 2473 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2474 enum nl80211_band band; 2475 s8 delta; 2476 }; 2477 2478 /** 2479 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2480 * 2481 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2482 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2483 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2484 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2485 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2486 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2487 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2488 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2489 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2490 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2491 * (others are filtered out). 2492 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2493 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2494 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2495 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2496 * @dev: the interface 2497 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2498 * @channels: channels to scan 2499 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2500 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2501 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2502 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2503 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2504 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2505 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2506 * index must be executed first. 2507 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2508 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2509 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2510 * owned by a particular socket) 2511 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2512 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2513 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2514 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2515 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2516 * supported. 2517 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2518 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2519 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2520 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2521 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2522 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2523 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2524 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2525 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2526 * comparisions. 2527 */ 2528 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2529 u64 reqid; 2530 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2531 int n_ssids; 2532 u32 n_channels; 2533 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2534 const u8 *ie; 2535 size_t ie_len; 2536 u32 flags; 2537 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2538 int n_match_sets; 2539 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2540 u32 delay; 2541 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2542 int n_scan_plans; 2543 2544 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2545 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2546 2547 bool relative_rssi_set; 2548 s8 relative_rssi; 2549 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2550 2551 /* internal */ 2552 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2553 struct net_device *dev; 2554 unsigned long scan_start; 2555 bool report_results; 2556 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2557 u32 owner_nlportid; 2558 bool nl_owner_dead; 2559 struct list_head list; 2560 2561 /* keep last */ 2562 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2563 }; 2564 2565 /** 2566 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2567 * 2568 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2569 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2570 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2571 */ 2572 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2573 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2574 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2575 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2576 }; 2577 2578 /** 2579 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2580 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2581 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2582 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2583 * signal type 2584 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2585 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2586 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2587 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2588 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2589 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2590 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2591 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2592 * by %parent_bssid. 2593 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2594 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2595 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2596 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2597 */ 2598 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2599 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2600 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2601 s32 signal; 2602 u64 boottime_ns; 2603 u64 parent_tsf; 2604 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2605 u8 chains; 2606 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2607 }; 2608 2609 /** 2610 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2611 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2612 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2613 * @len: length of the IEs 2614 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2615 * @data: IE data 2616 */ 2617 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2618 u64 tsf; 2619 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2620 int len; 2621 bool from_beacon; 2622 u8 data[]; 2623 }; 2624 2625 /** 2626 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2627 * 2628 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2629 * for use in scan results and similar. 2630 * 2631 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2632 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2633 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2634 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2635 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2636 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2637 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2638 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2639 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2640 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2641 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2642 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2643 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2644 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2645 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2646 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2647 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2648 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2649 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2650 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2651 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2652 * (multi-BSSID support) 2653 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2654 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2655 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2656 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2657 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2658 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2659 */ 2660 struct cfg80211_bss { 2661 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2662 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2663 2664 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2665 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2666 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2667 2668 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2669 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2670 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2671 2672 s32 signal; 2673 2674 u16 beacon_interval; 2675 u16 capability; 2676 2677 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2678 u8 chains; 2679 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2680 2681 u8 bssid_index; 2682 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2683 2684 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2685 }; 2686 2687 /** 2688 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2689 * @bss: the bss to search 2690 * @id: the element ID 2691 * 2692 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2693 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2694 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2695 */ 2696 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2697 2698 /** 2699 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2700 * @bss: the bss to search 2701 * @id: the element ID 2702 * 2703 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2704 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2705 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2706 */ 2707 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2708 { 2709 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2710 } 2711 2712 2713 /** 2714 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2715 * 2716 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2717 * authentication. 2718 * 2719 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2720 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2721 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2722 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2723 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2724 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2725 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2726 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2727 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2728 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2729 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2730 * transaction sequence number field. 2731 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2732 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 2733 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 2734 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 2735 * given an MLD address) by the driver 2736 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 2737 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 2738 */ 2739 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2740 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2741 const u8 *ie; 2742 size_t ie_len; 2743 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2744 const u8 *key; 2745 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2746 const u8 *auth_data; 2747 size_t auth_data_len; 2748 s8 link_id; 2749 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2750 }; 2751 2752 /** 2753 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 2754 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 2755 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 2756 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 2757 * @elems_len: length of the elements 2758 */ 2759 struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 2760 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2761 const u8 *elems; 2762 size_t elems_len; 2763 }; 2764 2765 /** 2766 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2767 * 2768 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2769 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2770 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2771 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2772 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2773 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2774 * request (connect callback). 2775 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2776 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 2777 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 2778 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 2779 * flag is not set. 2780 */ 2781 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2782 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2783 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2784 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2785 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2786 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2787 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 2788 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 2789 }; 2790 2791 /** 2792 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2793 * 2794 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2795 * (re)association. 2796 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2797 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2798 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2799 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2800 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 2801 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 2802 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2803 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2804 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2805 * @crypto: crypto settings 2806 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2807 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2808 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2809 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2810 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2811 * frame. 2812 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2813 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2814 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2815 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2816 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2817 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2818 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2819 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2820 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2821 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2822 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2823 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2824 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2825 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2826 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 2827 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 2828 * the link on which the association request should be sent 2829 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 2830 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 2831 */ 2832 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2833 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2834 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2835 size_t ie_len; 2836 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2837 bool use_mfp; 2838 u32 flags; 2839 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2840 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2841 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2842 const u8 *fils_kek; 2843 size_t fils_kek_len; 2844 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2845 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2846 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2847 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 2848 s8 link_id; 2849 }; 2850 2851 /** 2852 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2853 * 2854 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2855 * deauthentication. 2856 * 2857 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2858 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2859 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2860 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2861 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2862 * do not set a deauth frame 2863 */ 2864 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2865 const u8 *bssid; 2866 const u8 *ie; 2867 size_t ie_len; 2868 u16 reason_code; 2869 bool local_state_change; 2870 }; 2871 2872 /** 2873 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2874 * 2875 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2876 * disassociation. 2877 * 2878 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2879 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2880 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2881 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2882 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2883 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2884 */ 2885 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2886 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2887 const u8 *ie; 2888 size_t ie_len; 2889 u16 reason_code; 2890 bool local_state_change; 2891 }; 2892 2893 /** 2894 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2895 * 2896 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2897 * method. 2898 * 2899 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2900 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2901 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2902 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2903 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2904 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2905 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2906 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2907 * @ie_len: length of that 2908 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2909 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2910 * after joining 2911 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2912 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2913 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2914 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2915 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2916 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2917 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2918 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2919 * to operate on DFS channels. 2920 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2921 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2922 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2923 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2924 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2925 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2926 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2927 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2928 */ 2929 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2930 const u8 *ssid; 2931 const u8 *bssid; 2932 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2933 const u8 *ie; 2934 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2935 u16 beacon_interval; 2936 u32 basic_rates; 2937 bool channel_fixed; 2938 bool privacy; 2939 bool control_port; 2940 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2941 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2942 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2943 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2944 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2945 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2946 int wep_tx_key; 2947 }; 2948 2949 /** 2950 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2951 * 2952 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2953 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2954 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2955 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2956 */ 2957 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2958 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2959 union { 2960 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2961 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2962 } param; 2963 }; 2964 2965 /** 2966 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2967 * 2968 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2969 * authentication and association. 2970 * 2971 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2972 * on scan results) 2973 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2974 * %NULL if not specified 2975 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2976 * results) 2977 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2978 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2979 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2980 * to use. 2981 * @ssid: SSID 2982 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2983 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2984 * @ie: IEs for association request 2985 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2986 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2987 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2988 * @crypto: crypto settings 2989 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2990 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2991 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2992 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2993 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2994 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2995 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2996 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2997 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2998 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2999 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3000 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3001 * networks. 3002 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3003 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3004 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3005 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3006 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3007 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3008 * frame. 3009 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3010 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3011 * data IE. 3012 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3013 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3014 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3015 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3016 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3017 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3018 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3019 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3020 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3021 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3022 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3023 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3024 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3025 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3026 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3027 */ 3028 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3029 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3030 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3031 const u8 *bssid; 3032 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3033 const u8 *ssid; 3034 size_t ssid_len; 3035 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3036 const u8 *ie; 3037 size_t ie_len; 3038 bool privacy; 3039 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3040 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3041 const u8 *key; 3042 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3043 u32 flags; 3044 int bg_scan_period; 3045 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3046 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3047 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3048 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3049 bool pbss; 3050 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3051 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3052 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3053 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3054 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3055 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3056 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3057 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3058 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3059 bool want_1x; 3060 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3061 }; 3062 3063 /** 3064 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3065 * 3066 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3067 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3068 * 3069 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3070 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3071 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3072 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3073 */ 3074 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3075 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3076 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3077 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3078 }; 3079 3080 /** 3081 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3082 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3083 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3084 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3085 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3086 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3087 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3088 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3089 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3090 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3091 */ 3092 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3093 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3094 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3095 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3096 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3097 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3098 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3099 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3100 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3101 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3102 }; 3103 3104 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3105 3106 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3107 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3108 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3109 3110 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3111 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3112 3113 /** 3114 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3115 * 3116 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3117 * caching. 3118 * 3119 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3120 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3121 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3122 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3123 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3124 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3125 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3126 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3127 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3128 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3129 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3130 * %NULL). 3131 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3132 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3133 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3134 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3135 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3136 * used for it expires. 3137 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3138 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3139 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3140 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3141 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3142 */ 3143 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3144 const u8 *bssid; 3145 const u8 *pmkid; 3146 const u8 *pmk; 3147 size_t pmk_len; 3148 const u8 *ssid; 3149 size_t ssid_len; 3150 const u8 *cache_id; 3151 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3152 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3153 }; 3154 3155 /** 3156 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3157 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3158 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3159 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3160 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3161 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3162 * 3163 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3164 * memory, free @mask only! 3165 */ 3166 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3167 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3168 int pattern_len; 3169 int pkt_offset; 3170 }; 3171 3172 /** 3173 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3174 * 3175 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3176 * @src: source IP address 3177 * @dst: destination IP address 3178 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3179 * @src_port: source port 3180 * @dst_port: destination port 3181 * @payload_len: data payload length 3182 * @payload: data payload buffer 3183 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3184 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3185 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3186 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3187 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3188 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3189 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3190 */ 3191 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3192 struct socket *sock; 3193 __be32 src, dst; 3194 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3195 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3196 int payload_len; 3197 const u8 *payload; 3198 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3199 u32 data_interval; 3200 u32 wake_len; 3201 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3202 u32 tokens_size; 3203 /* must be last, variable member */ 3204 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3205 }; 3206 3207 /** 3208 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3209 * 3210 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3211 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3212 * operating as normal during suspend 3213 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3214 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3215 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3216 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3217 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3218 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3219 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3220 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3221 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3222 * NULL if not configured. 3223 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3224 */ 3225 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3226 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3227 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3228 rfkill_release; 3229 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3230 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3231 int n_patterns; 3232 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3233 }; 3234 3235 /** 3236 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3237 * 3238 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3239 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3240 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3241 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3242 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3243 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3244 */ 3245 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3246 int delay; 3247 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3248 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3249 int n_patterns; 3250 }; 3251 3252 /** 3253 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3254 * 3255 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3256 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3257 * @n_rules: number of rules 3258 */ 3259 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3260 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3261 int n_rules; 3262 }; 3263 3264 /** 3265 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3266 * 3267 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3268 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3269 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3270 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3271 * occurred (in MHz) 3272 */ 3273 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3274 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3275 int n_channels; 3276 u32 channels[]; 3277 }; 3278 3279 /** 3280 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3281 * 3282 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3283 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3284 * match information. 3285 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3286 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3287 */ 3288 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3289 int n_matches; 3290 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3291 }; 3292 3293 /** 3294 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3295 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3296 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3297 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3298 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3299 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3300 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3301 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3302 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3303 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3304 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3305 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3306 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3307 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3308 * it is. 3309 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3310 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3311 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3312 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3313 */ 3314 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3315 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3316 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3317 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3318 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3319 s32 pattern_idx; 3320 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3321 const void *packet; 3322 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3323 }; 3324 3325 /** 3326 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3327 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3328 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3329 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3330 * @kek_len: length of kek 3331 * @kck_len: length of kck 3332 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3333 */ 3334 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3335 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3336 u32 akm; 3337 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3338 }; 3339 3340 /** 3341 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3342 * 3343 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3344 * 3345 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3346 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3347 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3348 */ 3349 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3350 u16 md; 3351 const u8 *ie; 3352 size_t ie_len; 3353 }; 3354 3355 /** 3356 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3357 * 3358 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3359 * 3360 * @chan: channel to use 3361 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3362 * @wait: duration for ROC 3363 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3364 * @len: buffer length 3365 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3366 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3367 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3368 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3369 */ 3370 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3371 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3372 bool offchan; 3373 unsigned int wait; 3374 const u8 *buf; 3375 size_t len; 3376 bool no_cck; 3377 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3378 int n_csa_offsets; 3379 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3380 }; 3381 3382 /** 3383 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3384 * 3385 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3386 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3387 */ 3388 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3389 u8 dscp; 3390 u8 up; 3391 }; 3392 3393 /** 3394 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3395 * 3396 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3397 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3398 */ 3399 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3400 u8 low; 3401 u8 high; 3402 }; 3403 3404 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3405 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3406 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3407 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3408 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3409 3410 /** 3411 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3412 * 3413 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3414 * 3415 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3416 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3417 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3418 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3419 */ 3420 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3421 u8 num_des; 3422 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3423 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3424 }; 3425 3426 /** 3427 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3428 * 3429 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3430 * 3431 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3432 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3433 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3434 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3435 */ 3436 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3437 u8 master_pref; 3438 u8 bands; 3439 }; 3440 3441 /** 3442 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3443 * configuration 3444 * 3445 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3446 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3447 */ 3448 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3449 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3450 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3451 }; 3452 3453 /** 3454 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3455 * 3456 * @filter: the content of the filter 3457 * @len: the length of the filter 3458 */ 3459 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3460 const u8 *filter; 3461 u8 len; 3462 }; 3463 3464 /** 3465 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3466 * 3467 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3468 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3469 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3470 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3471 * implementation specific. 3472 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3473 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3474 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3475 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3476 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3477 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3478 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3479 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3480 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3481 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3482 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3483 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3484 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3485 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3486 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3487 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3488 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3489 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3490 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3491 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3492 */ 3493 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3494 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3495 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3496 u8 publish_type; 3497 bool close_range; 3498 bool publish_bcast; 3499 bool subscribe_active; 3500 u8 followup_id; 3501 u8 followup_reqid; 3502 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3503 u32 ttl; 3504 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3505 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3506 bool srf_include; 3507 const u8 *srf_bf; 3508 u8 srf_bf_len; 3509 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3510 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3511 int srf_num_macs; 3512 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3513 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3514 u8 num_tx_filters; 3515 u8 num_rx_filters; 3516 u8 instance_id; 3517 u64 cookie; 3518 }; 3519 3520 /** 3521 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3522 * 3523 * @aa: authenticator address 3524 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3525 * @pmk: the PMK material 3526 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3527 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3528 * holds PMK-R0. 3529 */ 3530 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3531 const u8 *aa; 3532 u8 pmk_len; 3533 const u8 *pmk; 3534 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3535 }; 3536 3537 /** 3538 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3539 * 3540 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3541 * 3542 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3543 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3544 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3545 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3546 * authentication response command interface. 3547 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3548 * authentication response command interface. 3549 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3550 * authentication request event interface. 3551 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3552 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3553 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3554 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3555 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3556 */ 3557 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3558 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3559 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3560 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3561 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3562 u16 status; 3563 const u8 *pmkid; 3564 }; 3565 3566 /** 3567 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3568 * 3569 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3570 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3571 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3572 * answered 3573 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3574 * successfully answered 3575 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3576 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3577 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3578 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3579 * of how much time the responder was busy 3580 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3581 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3582 * the responder 3583 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3584 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3585 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3586 */ 3587 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3588 u32 filled; 3589 u32 success_num; 3590 u32 partial_num; 3591 u32 failed_num; 3592 u32 asap_num; 3593 u32 non_asap_num; 3594 u64 total_duration_ms; 3595 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3596 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3597 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3598 }; 3599 3600 /** 3601 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3602 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3603 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3604 * reason than just "failure" 3605 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3606 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3607 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3608 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3609 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3610 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3611 * by the responder 3612 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3613 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3614 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3615 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3616 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3617 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3618 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3619 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3620 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3621 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3622 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3623 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3624 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3625 * the square root of the variance) 3626 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3627 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3628 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3629 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3630 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3631 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3632 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3633 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3634 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3635 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3636 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3637 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3638 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3639 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3640 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3641 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3642 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3643 */ 3644 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3645 const u8 *lci; 3646 const u8 *civicloc; 3647 unsigned int lci_len; 3648 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3649 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3650 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3651 s16 burst_index; 3652 u8 busy_retry_time; 3653 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3654 u8 burst_duration; 3655 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3656 s32 rssi_avg; 3657 s32 rssi_spread; 3658 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3659 s64 rtt_avg; 3660 s64 rtt_variance; 3661 s64 rtt_spread; 3662 s64 dist_avg; 3663 s64 dist_variance; 3664 s64 dist_spread; 3665 3666 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3667 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3668 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3669 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3670 tx_rate_valid:1, 3671 rx_rate_valid:1, 3672 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3673 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3674 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3675 dist_avg_valid:1, 3676 dist_variance_valid:1, 3677 dist_spread_valid:1; 3678 }; 3679 3680 /** 3681 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3682 * @addr: address of the peer 3683 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3684 * measurement was made) 3685 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3686 * @status: status of the measurement 3687 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3688 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3689 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3690 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3691 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3692 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3693 * @ftm: FTM result 3694 */ 3695 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3696 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3697 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3698 3699 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3700 3701 u8 final:1, 3702 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3703 3704 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3705 3706 union { 3707 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3708 }; 3709 }; 3710 3711 /** 3712 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3713 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3714 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3715 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3716 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3717 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3718 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3719 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3720 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3721 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3722 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3723 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3724 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3725 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3726 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3727 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3728 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3729 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3730 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3731 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3732 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3733 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3734 * 3735 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3736 */ 3737 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3738 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3739 u16 burst_period; 3740 u8 requested:1, 3741 asap:1, 3742 request_lci:1, 3743 request_civicloc:1, 3744 trigger_based:1, 3745 non_trigger_based:1, 3746 lmr_feedback:1; 3747 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3748 u8 burst_duration; 3749 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3750 u8 ftmr_retries; 3751 u8 bss_color; 3752 }; 3753 3754 /** 3755 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3756 * @addr: MAC address 3757 * @chandef: channel to use 3758 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3759 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3760 */ 3761 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3762 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3763 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3764 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3765 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3766 }; 3767 3768 /** 3769 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3770 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3771 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3772 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3773 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3774 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3775 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3776 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3777 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3778 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3779 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3780 * zero it means there's no timeout 3781 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3782 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3783 */ 3784 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3785 u64 cookie; 3786 void *drv_data; 3787 u32 n_peers; 3788 u32 nl_portid; 3789 3790 u32 timeout; 3791 3792 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3793 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3794 3795 struct list_head list; 3796 3797 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3798 }; 3799 3800 /** 3801 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3802 * 3803 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3804 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3805 * 3806 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3807 * 3808 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3809 * has to be done. 3810 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3811 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3812 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3813 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3814 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3815 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3816 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3817 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3818 */ 3819 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3820 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3821 u16 status; 3822 const u8 *ie; 3823 size_t ie_len; 3824 }; 3825 3826 /** 3827 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3828 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3829 * for the entire device 3830 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3831 * for the given interface 3832 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3833 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3834 * for these subtypes 3835 */ 3836 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3837 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3838 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3839 }; 3840 3841 /** 3842 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3843 * 3844 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3845 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3846 * 3847 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3848 * on success or a negative error code. 3849 * 3850 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3851 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3852 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3853 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3854 * 3855 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3856 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3857 * configured for the device. 3858 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3859 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3860 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3861 * the device. 3862 * 3863 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3864 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3865 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3866 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3867 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3868 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3869 * 3870 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3871 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3872 * 3873 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3874 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3875 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3876 * 3877 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 3878 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 3879 * address is available. 3880 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 3881 * 3882 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3883 * when adding a group key. 3884 * 3885 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3886 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3887 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3888 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3889 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3890 * 3891 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3892 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3893 * 3894 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3895 * 3896 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3897 * 3898 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3899 * 3900 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3901 * 3902 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3903 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3904 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3905 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3906 * 3907 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3908 * @del_station: Remove a station 3909 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3910 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3911 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3912 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3913 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3914 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3915 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3916 * 3917 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3918 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3919 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3920 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3921 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3922 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3923 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3924 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3925 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3926 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3927 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3928 * 3929 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3930 * 3931 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3932 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3933 * set, and which to leave alone. 3934 * 3935 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3936 * 3937 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3938 * 3939 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3940 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3941 * join the mesh instead. 3942 * 3943 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3944 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3945 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3946 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3947 * 3948 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3949 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3950 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3951 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3952 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3953 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3954 * 3955 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3956 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3957 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3958 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3959 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3960 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3961 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3962 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3963 * 3964 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3965 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3966 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3967 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3968 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3969 * was received. 3970 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3971 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3972 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3973 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3974 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3975 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3976 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3977 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3978 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3979 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3980 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3981 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3982 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3983 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3984 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3985 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3986 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3987 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3988 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3989 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3990 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3991 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3992 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3993 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3994 * 3995 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3996 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3997 * to a merge. 3998 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3999 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4000 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4001 * 4002 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4003 * MESH mode) 4004 * 4005 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4006 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4007 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4008 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4009 * 4010 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4011 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4012 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4013 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4014 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4015 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4016 * return 0 if successful 4017 * 4018 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4019 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4020 * 4021 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4022 * 4023 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4024 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4025 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4026 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4027 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4028 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4029 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4030 * the duration value. 4031 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4032 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4033 * frame on another channel 4034 * 4035 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4036 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4037 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4038 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4039 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4040 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4041 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4042 * 4043 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4044 * 4045 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4046 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4047 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4048 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4049 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4050 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4051 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4052 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4053 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4054 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4055 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4056 * disabled.) 4057 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4058 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4059 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4060 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4061 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4062 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4063 * thresholds. 4064 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4065 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4066 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4067 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4068 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4069 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4070 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4071 * 4072 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4073 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4074 * 4075 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4076 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4077 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4078 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4079 * 4080 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4081 * 4082 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4083 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4084 * 4085 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4086 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4087 * 4088 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4089 * 4090 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4091 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4092 * current monitoring channel. 4093 * 4094 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4095 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4096 * 4097 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4098 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4099 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4100 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4101 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4102 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4103 * 4104 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4105 * 4106 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4107 * was finished on another phy. 4108 * 4109 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4110 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4111 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4112 * 4113 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4114 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4115 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4116 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4117 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4118 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4119 * 4120 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4121 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4122 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4123 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4124 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4125 * as soon as possible. 4126 * 4127 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4128 * 4129 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4130 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4131 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4132 * 4133 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4134 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4135 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4136 * account. 4137 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4138 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4139 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4140 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4141 * rejected) 4142 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4143 * 4144 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4145 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4146 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4147 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4148 * 4149 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4150 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4151 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4152 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4153 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4154 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4155 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4156 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4157 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4158 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4159 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4160 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4161 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4162 * provided @nan_func. 4163 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4164 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4165 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4166 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4167 * 4168 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4169 * 4170 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4171 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4172 * 4173 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4174 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4175 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4176 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4177 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4178 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4179 * 4180 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4181 * user space 4182 * 4183 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4184 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4185 * 4186 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4187 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4188 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4189 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4190 * 4191 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4192 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4193 * DH IE through this interface. 4194 * 4195 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4196 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4197 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4198 * This callback may sleep. 4199 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4200 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4201 * 4202 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4203 * 4204 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4205 * 4206 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4207 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4208 * Response frame. 4209 * 4210 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4211 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4212 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4213 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4214 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4215 * radar channel. 4216 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4217 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4218 */ 4219 struct cfg80211_ops { 4220 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4221 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4222 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4223 4224 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4225 const char *name, 4226 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4227 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4228 struct vif_params *params); 4229 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4230 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4231 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4232 struct net_device *dev, 4233 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4234 struct vif_params *params); 4235 4236 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4237 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4238 unsigned int link_id); 4239 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4240 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4241 unsigned int link_id); 4242 4243 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4244 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4245 struct key_params *params); 4246 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4247 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4248 void *cookie, 4249 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4250 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4251 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4252 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4253 struct net_device *netdev, 4254 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4255 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4256 struct net_device *netdev, 4257 u8 key_index); 4258 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4259 struct net_device *netdev, 4260 u8 key_index); 4261 4262 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4263 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4264 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4265 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4266 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4267 unsigned int link_id); 4268 4269 4270 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4271 const u8 *mac, 4272 struct station_parameters *params); 4273 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4274 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4275 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4276 const u8 *mac, 4277 struct station_parameters *params); 4278 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4279 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4280 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4281 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4282 4283 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4284 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4285 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4286 const u8 *dst); 4287 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4288 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4289 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4290 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4291 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4292 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4293 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4294 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4295 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4296 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4297 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4298 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4299 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4300 struct net_device *dev, 4301 struct mesh_config *conf); 4302 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4303 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4304 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4305 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4306 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4307 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4308 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4309 4310 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4311 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4312 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4313 4314 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4315 struct bss_parameters *params); 4316 4317 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4318 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4319 4320 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4321 struct net_device *dev, 4322 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4323 4324 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4325 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4326 4327 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4328 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4329 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4330 4331 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4332 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4333 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4334 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4335 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4336 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4337 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4338 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4339 4340 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4341 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4342 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4343 struct net_device *dev, 4344 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4345 u32 changed); 4346 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4347 u16 reason_code); 4348 4349 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4350 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4351 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4352 4353 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4354 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4355 4356 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4357 4358 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4359 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4360 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4361 int *dbm); 4362 4363 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4364 4365 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4366 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4367 void *data, int len); 4368 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4369 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4370 void *data, int len); 4371 #endif 4372 4373 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4374 struct net_device *dev, 4375 unsigned int link_id, 4376 const u8 *peer, 4377 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4378 4379 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4380 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4381 4382 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4383 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4384 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4385 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4386 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4387 4388 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4389 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4390 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4391 unsigned int duration, 4392 u64 *cookie); 4393 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4394 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4395 u64 cookie); 4396 4397 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4398 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4399 u64 *cookie); 4400 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4401 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4402 u64 cookie); 4403 4404 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4405 bool enabled, int timeout); 4406 4407 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4408 struct net_device *dev, 4409 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4410 4411 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4412 struct net_device *dev, 4413 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4414 4415 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4416 struct net_device *dev, 4417 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4418 4419 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4420 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4421 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4422 4423 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4424 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4425 4426 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4427 struct net_device *dev, 4428 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4429 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4430 u64 reqid); 4431 4432 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4433 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4434 4435 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4436 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4437 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4438 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4439 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4440 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4441 4442 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4443 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4444 4445 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4446 struct net_device *dev, 4447 u16 noack_map); 4448 4449 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4450 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4451 unsigned int link_id, 4452 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4453 4454 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4455 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4456 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4457 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4458 4459 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4460 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4461 4462 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4463 struct net_device *dev, 4464 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4465 u32 cac_time_ms); 4466 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4467 struct net_device *dev); 4468 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4469 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4470 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4471 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4472 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4473 u16 duration); 4474 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4475 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4476 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4477 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4478 4479 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4480 struct net_device *dev, 4481 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4482 4483 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4484 struct net_device *dev, 4485 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4486 4487 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4488 unsigned int link_id, 4489 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4490 4491 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4492 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4493 u16 admitted_time); 4494 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4495 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4496 4497 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4498 struct net_device *dev, 4499 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4500 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4501 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4502 struct net_device *dev, 4503 const u8 *addr); 4504 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4505 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4506 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4507 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4508 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4509 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4510 u64 cookie); 4511 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4512 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4513 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4514 u32 changes); 4515 4516 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4517 struct net_device *dev, 4518 const bool enabled); 4519 4520 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4521 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4522 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4523 4524 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4525 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4526 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4527 const u8 *aa); 4528 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4529 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4530 4531 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4532 struct net_device *dev, 4533 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4534 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4535 const bool noencrypt, 4536 u64 *cookie); 4537 4538 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4539 struct net_device *dev, 4540 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4541 4542 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4543 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4544 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4545 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4546 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4547 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4548 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4549 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4550 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4551 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4552 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4553 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4554 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4555 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4556 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4557 struct net_device *dev, 4558 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4559 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4560 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4561 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4562 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4563 }; 4564 4565 /* 4566 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4567 * and registration/helper functions 4568 */ 4569 4570 /** 4571 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4572 * 4573 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4574 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4575 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4576 * wiphy at all 4577 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4578 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4579 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4580 * reason to override the default 4581 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4582 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4583 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4584 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4585 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4586 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4587 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4588 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4589 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4590 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4591 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4592 * firmware. 4593 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4594 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4595 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4596 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4597 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4598 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4599 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4600 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4601 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4602 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4603 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4604 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4605 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4606 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4607 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4608 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4609 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4610 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4611 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4612 * before connection. 4613 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4614 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 4615 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 4616 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 4617 * should set this flag for now. 4618 */ 4619 enum wiphy_flags { 4620 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4621 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 4622 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4623 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4624 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4625 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4626 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4627 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4628 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4629 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4630 /* use hole at 11 */ 4631 /* use hole at 12 */ 4632 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4633 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4634 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4635 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4636 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4637 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4638 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4639 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4640 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4641 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4642 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4643 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4644 }; 4645 4646 /** 4647 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4648 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4649 * @types: interface types (bits) 4650 */ 4651 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4652 u16 max; 4653 u16 types; 4654 }; 4655 4656 /** 4657 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4658 * 4659 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4660 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4661 * 4662 * Examples: 4663 * 4664 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4665 * 4666 * .. code-block:: c 4667 * 4668 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4669 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4670 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4671 * }; 4672 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4673 * .limits = limits1, 4674 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4675 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4676 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4677 * }; 4678 * 4679 * 4680 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4681 * 4682 * .. code-block:: c 4683 * 4684 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4685 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4686 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4687 * }; 4688 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4689 * .limits = limits2, 4690 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4691 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4692 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4693 * }; 4694 * 4695 * 4696 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4697 * 4698 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4699 * 4700 * .. code-block:: c 4701 * 4702 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4703 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4704 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4705 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4706 * }; 4707 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4708 * .limits = limits3, 4709 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4710 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4711 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4712 * }; 4713 * 4714 */ 4715 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4716 /** 4717 * @limits: 4718 * limits for the given interface types 4719 */ 4720 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4721 4722 /** 4723 * @num_different_channels: 4724 * can use up to this many different channels 4725 */ 4726 u32 num_different_channels; 4727 4728 /** 4729 * @max_interfaces: 4730 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4731 */ 4732 u16 max_interfaces; 4733 4734 /** 4735 * @n_limits: 4736 * number of limitations 4737 */ 4738 u8 n_limits; 4739 4740 /** 4741 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4742 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4743 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4744 */ 4745 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4746 4747 /** 4748 * @radar_detect_widths: 4749 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4750 */ 4751 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4752 4753 /** 4754 * @radar_detect_regions: 4755 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4756 */ 4757 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4758 4759 /** 4760 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4761 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4762 * 4763 * = 0 4764 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4765 * > 0 4766 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4767 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4768 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4769 */ 4770 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4771 }; 4772 4773 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4774 u16 tx, rx; 4775 }; 4776 4777 /** 4778 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4779 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4780 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4781 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4782 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4783 * packet should be preserved in that case 4784 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4785 * (see nl80211.h) 4786 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4787 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4788 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4789 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4790 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4791 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4792 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4793 */ 4794 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4795 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4796 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4797 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4798 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4799 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4800 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4801 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4802 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4803 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4804 }; 4805 4806 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4807 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4808 u32 data_payload_max; 4809 u32 data_interval_max; 4810 u32 wake_payload_max; 4811 bool seq; 4812 }; 4813 4814 /** 4815 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4816 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4817 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4818 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4819 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4820 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4821 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4822 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4823 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4824 * scheduled scans. 4825 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4826 * details. 4827 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4828 */ 4829 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4830 u32 flags; 4831 int n_patterns; 4832 int pattern_max_len; 4833 int pattern_min_len; 4834 int max_pkt_offset; 4835 int max_nd_match_sets; 4836 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4837 }; 4838 4839 /** 4840 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4841 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4842 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4843 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4844 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4845 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4846 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4847 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4848 */ 4849 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4850 int n_rules; 4851 int max_delay; 4852 int n_patterns; 4853 int pattern_max_len; 4854 int pattern_min_len; 4855 int max_pkt_offset; 4856 }; 4857 4858 /** 4859 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4860 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4861 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4862 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4863 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4864 */ 4865 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4866 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4867 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4868 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4869 }; 4870 4871 /** 4872 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4873 * 4874 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4875 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4876 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4877 * 4878 */ 4879 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4880 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4881 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4882 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4883 }; 4884 4885 /** 4886 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4887 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4888 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4889 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4890 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4891 */ 4892 4893 struct sta_opmode_info { 4894 u32 changed; 4895 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4896 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4897 u8 rx_nss; 4898 }; 4899 4900 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4901 4902 /** 4903 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4904 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4905 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4906 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4907 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4908 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4909 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4910 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4911 * dumpit calls. 4912 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4913 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4914 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4915 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4916 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4917 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4918 * are used with dump requests. 4919 */ 4920 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4921 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4922 u32 flags; 4923 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4924 const void *data, int data_len); 4925 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4926 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4927 unsigned long *storage); 4928 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4929 unsigned int maxattr; 4930 }; 4931 4932 /** 4933 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4934 * @iftype: interface type 4935 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4936 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4937 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4938 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4939 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4940 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4941 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4942 */ 4943 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4944 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4945 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4946 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4947 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4948 }; 4949 4950 /** 4951 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4952 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4953 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4954 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4955 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 4956 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4957 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4958 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4959 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4960 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4961 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4962 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4963 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4964 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4965 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4966 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4967 * not limited) 4968 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4969 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4970 */ 4971 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4972 unsigned int max_peers; 4973 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4974 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4975 4976 struct { 4977 u32 preambles; 4978 u32 bandwidths; 4979 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4980 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4981 u8 supported:1, 4982 asap:1, 4983 non_asap:1, 4984 request_lci:1, 4985 request_civicloc:1, 4986 trigger_based:1, 4987 non_trigger_based:1; 4988 } ftm; 4989 }; 4990 4991 /** 4992 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4993 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4994 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4995 * 4996 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4997 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4998 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4999 */ 5000 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5001 u16 iftypes_mask; 5002 const u32 *akm_suites; 5003 int n_akm_suites; 5004 }; 5005 5006 /** 5007 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5008 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5009 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5010 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5011 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5012 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5013 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5014 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5015 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5016 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5017 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5018 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5019 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5020 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5021 * iftype_akm_suites. 5022 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5023 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5024 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5025 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5026 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5027 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5028 * suites are specified separately. 5029 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5030 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5031 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5032 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5033 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5034 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5035 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5036 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5037 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5038 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5039 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5040 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5041 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5042 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5043 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5044 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5045 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5046 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5047 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5048 * unregister hardware 5049 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5050 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5051 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5052 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5053 * (see below). 5054 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5055 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5056 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5057 * must be set by driver 5058 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5059 * list single interface types. 5060 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5061 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5062 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5063 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5064 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5065 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5066 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5067 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5068 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5069 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5070 * this variable determines its size 5071 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5072 * any given scan 5073 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5074 * the device can run concurrently. 5075 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5076 * for in any given scheduled scan 5077 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5078 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5079 * supported. 5080 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5081 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5082 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5083 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5084 * scans 5085 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5086 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5087 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5088 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5089 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5090 * scan plan supported by the device. 5091 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5092 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5093 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5094 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5095 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5096 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5097 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5098 * 5099 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5100 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5101 * type 5102 * 5103 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5104 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5105 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5106 * 5107 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5108 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5109 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5110 * 5111 * @probe_resp_offload: 5112 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5113 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5114 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5115 * 5116 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5117 * may request, if implemented. 5118 * 5119 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5120 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5121 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5122 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5123 * 5124 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5125 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5126 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5127 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5128 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5129 * 5130 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5131 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5132 * 5133 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5134 * supports for ACL. 5135 * 5136 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5137 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5138 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5139 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5140 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5141 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5142 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5143 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5144 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5145 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5146 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5147 * capabilities are specified separately. 5148 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5149 * 5150 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5151 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5152 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5153 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5154 * 5155 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5156 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5157 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5158 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5159 * 5160 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5161 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5162 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5163 * infinite. 5164 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5165 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5166 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5167 * 5168 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5169 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5170 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5171 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5172 * 5173 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5174 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5175 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5176 * 5177 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5178 * wake_tx_queue 5179 * 5180 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5181 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5182 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5183 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5184 * 5185 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5186 * 5187 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5188 * device has 5189 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5190 * supported by the driver for each vif 5191 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5192 * supported by the driver for each peer 5193 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5194 * long/short retry configuration 5195 * 5196 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5197 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5198 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5199 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5200 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5201 * 5202 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5203 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5204 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5205 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5206 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5207 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5208 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5209 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5210 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5211 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5212 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5213 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5214 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5215 */ 5216 struct wiphy { 5217 struct mutex mtx; 5218 5219 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5220 5221 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5222 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5223 5224 struct mac_address *addresses; 5225 5226 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5227 5228 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5229 int n_iface_combinations; 5230 u16 software_iftypes; 5231 5232 u16 n_addresses; 5233 5234 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5235 u16 interface_modes; 5236 5237 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5238 5239 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5240 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5241 5242 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5243 5244 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5245 5246 int bss_priv_size; 5247 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5248 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5249 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5250 u8 max_match_sets; 5251 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5252 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5253 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5254 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5255 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5256 5257 int n_cipher_suites; 5258 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5259 5260 int n_akm_suites; 5261 const u32 *akm_suites; 5262 5263 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5264 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5265 5266 u8 retry_short; 5267 u8 retry_long; 5268 u32 frag_threshold; 5269 u32 rts_threshold; 5270 u8 coverage_class; 5271 5272 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5273 u32 hw_version; 5274 5275 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5276 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5277 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5278 #endif 5279 5280 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5281 5282 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5283 5284 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5285 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5286 5287 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5288 5289 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5290 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5291 5292 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5293 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5294 5295 const void *privid; 5296 5297 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5298 5299 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5300 struct regulatory_request *request); 5301 5302 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5303 5304 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5305 5306 struct device dev; 5307 5308 bool registered; 5309 5310 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5311 5312 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5313 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5314 5315 struct list_head wdev_list; 5316 5317 possible_net_t _net; 5318 5319 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5320 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5321 #endif 5322 5323 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5324 5325 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5326 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5327 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5328 5329 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5330 5331 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5332 5333 u32 bss_select_support; 5334 5335 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5336 5337 u32 txq_limit; 5338 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5339 u32 txq_quantum; 5340 5341 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5342 5343 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5344 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5345 5346 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5347 5348 struct { 5349 u64 peer, vif; 5350 u8 max_retry; 5351 } tid_config_support; 5352 5353 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5354 5355 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5356 5357 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5358 5359 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5360 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5361 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 5362 5363 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5364 }; 5365 5366 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5367 { 5368 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5369 } 5370 5371 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5372 { 5373 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5374 } 5375 5376 /** 5377 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5378 * 5379 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5380 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5381 */ 5382 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5383 { 5384 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5385 return &wiphy->priv; 5386 } 5387 5388 /** 5389 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5390 * 5391 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5392 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5393 */ 5394 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5395 { 5396 BUG_ON(!priv); 5397 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5398 } 5399 5400 /** 5401 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5402 * 5403 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5404 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5405 */ 5406 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5407 { 5408 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5409 } 5410 5411 /** 5412 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5413 * 5414 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5415 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5416 */ 5417 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5418 { 5419 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5420 } 5421 5422 /** 5423 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5424 * 5425 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5426 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5427 */ 5428 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5429 { 5430 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5431 } 5432 5433 /** 5434 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5435 * 5436 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5437 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5438 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5439 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5440 * 5441 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5442 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5443 * 5444 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5445 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5446 */ 5447 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5448 const char *requested_name); 5449 5450 /** 5451 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5452 * 5453 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5454 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5455 * 5456 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5457 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5458 * 5459 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5460 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5461 */ 5462 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5463 int sizeof_priv) 5464 { 5465 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5466 } 5467 5468 /** 5469 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5470 * 5471 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5472 * 5473 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5474 */ 5475 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5476 5477 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5478 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5479 5480 /** 5481 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5482 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5483 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5484 * 5485 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5486 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5487 */ 5488 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5489 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5490 5491 /** 5492 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5493 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5494 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5495 * 5496 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5497 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5498 */ 5499 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5500 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5501 5502 /** 5503 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5504 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5505 */ 5506 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5507 5508 /** 5509 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5510 * 5511 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5512 * 5513 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5514 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5515 * request that is being handled. 5516 */ 5517 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5518 5519 /** 5520 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5521 * 5522 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5523 */ 5524 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5525 5526 /* internal structs */ 5527 struct cfg80211_conn; 5528 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5529 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5530 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5531 5532 /** 5533 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5534 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5535 * 5536 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5537 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5538 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5539 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5540 * 5541 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5542 */ 5543 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5544 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5545 { 5546 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5547 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5548 } 5549 5550 /** 5551 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5552 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5553 */ 5554 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5555 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5556 { 5557 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5558 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5559 } 5560 5561 /** 5562 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5563 * 5564 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5565 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5566 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5567 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5568 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5569 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5570 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5571 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5572 * 5573 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5574 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5575 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5576 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5577 * 5578 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5579 * @iftype: interface type 5580 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5581 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5582 * for the notifier 5583 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5584 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5585 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5586 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5587 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 5588 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 5589 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5590 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5591 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5592 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5593 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5594 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5595 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5596 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5597 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5598 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5599 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5600 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5601 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5602 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5603 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5604 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5605 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5606 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5607 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5608 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5609 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5610 * and some API functions require it held 5611 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5612 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5613 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5614 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5615 * the P2P Device. 5616 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5617 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5618 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5619 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5620 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5621 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5622 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5623 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5624 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5625 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5626 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5627 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5628 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5629 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5630 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5631 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5632 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5633 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5634 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5635 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5636 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5637 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5638 * unprotected beacon report 5639 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 5640 * @ap and @client for each link 5641 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 5642 */ 5643 struct wireless_dev { 5644 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5645 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5646 5647 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5648 struct list_head list; 5649 struct net_device *netdev; 5650 5651 u32 identifier; 5652 5653 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5654 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5655 5656 struct mutex mtx; 5657 5658 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5659 5660 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5661 5662 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5663 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5664 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5665 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5666 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5667 5668 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5669 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5670 5671 struct list_head event_list; 5672 spinlock_t event_lock; 5673 5674 u8 connected:1; 5675 5676 bool ps; 5677 int ps_timeout; 5678 5679 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5680 5681 u32 owner_nlportid; 5682 bool nl_owner_dead; 5683 5684 /* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */ 5685 bool cac_started; 5686 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5687 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5688 5689 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5690 /* wext data */ 5691 struct { 5692 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5693 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5694 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5695 const u8 *ie; 5696 size_t ie_len; 5697 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5698 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5699 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5700 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5701 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5702 } wext; 5703 #endif 5704 5705 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5706 5707 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5708 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5709 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5710 5711 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5712 5713 union { 5714 struct { 5715 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5716 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5717 u8 ssid_len; 5718 } client; 5719 struct { 5720 int beacon_interval; 5721 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5722 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5723 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5724 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 5725 } mesh; 5726 struct { 5727 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5728 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5729 u8 ssid_len; 5730 } ap; 5731 struct { 5732 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5733 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5734 int beacon_interval; 5735 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5736 u8 ssid_len; 5737 } ibss; 5738 struct { 5739 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5740 } ocb; 5741 } u; 5742 5743 struct { 5744 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 5745 union { 5746 struct { 5747 unsigned int beacon_interval; 5748 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5749 } ap; 5750 struct { 5751 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 5752 } client; 5753 }; 5754 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 5755 u16 valid_links; 5756 }; 5757 5758 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5759 { 5760 if (wdev->netdev) 5761 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5762 return wdev->address; 5763 } 5764 5765 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5766 { 5767 if (wdev->netdev) 5768 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5769 return wdev->is_running; 5770 } 5771 5772 /** 5773 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5774 * 5775 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5776 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5777 */ 5778 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5779 { 5780 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5781 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5782 } 5783 5784 /** 5785 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 5786 * @wdev: the wdev 5787 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 5788 * 5789 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 5790 */ 5791 struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5792 unsigned int link_id); 5793 5794 static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5795 unsigned int link_id) 5796 { 5797 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 5798 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 5799 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 5800 } 5801 5802 #define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 5803 for (link_id = 0; \ 5804 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 5805 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 5806 link_id++) \ 5807 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 5808 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 5809 5810 /** 5811 * DOC: Utility functions 5812 * 5813 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5814 */ 5815 5816 /** 5817 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5818 * 5819 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5820 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5821 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5822 */ 5823 static inline bool 5824 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5825 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5826 { 5827 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5828 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5829 } 5830 5831 /** 5832 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5833 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5834 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5835 */ 5836 static inline u32 5837 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5838 { 5839 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5840 } 5841 5842 /** 5843 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5844 * 5845 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5846 * @chan: channel 5847 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5848 */ 5849 enum nl80211_chan_width 5850 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5851 5852 /** 5853 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5854 * @chan: channel number 5855 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5856 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5857 */ 5858 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5859 5860 /** 5861 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5862 * @chan: channel number 5863 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5864 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5865 */ 5866 static inline int 5867 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5868 { 5869 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5870 } 5871 5872 /** 5873 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5874 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5875 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5876 */ 5877 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5878 5879 /** 5880 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5881 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5882 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5883 */ 5884 static inline int 5885 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5886 { 5887 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5888 } 5889 5890 /** 5891 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5892 * frequency 5893 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5894 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5895 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5896 */ 5897 struct ieee80211_channel * 5898 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5899 5900 /** 5901 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5902 * 5903 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5904 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5905 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5906 */ 5907 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5908 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5909 { 5910 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5911 } 5912 5913 /** 5914 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5915 * @chan: control channel to check 5916 * 5917 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5918 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5919 */ 5920 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5921 { 5922 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5923 return false; 5924 5925 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5926 } 5927 5928 /** 5929 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5930 * 5931 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5932 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5933 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5934 * 5935 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5936 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5937 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5938 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5939 */ 5940 const struct ieee80211_rate * 5941 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5942 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5943 5944 /** 5945 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5946 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5947 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5948 * 5949 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5950 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5951 */ 5952 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5953 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5954 5955 /* 5956 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5957 * 5958 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5959 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5960 */ 5961 5962 struct radiotap_align_size { 5963 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5964 }; 5965 5966 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5967 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5968 int n_bits; 5969 uint32_t oui; 5970 uint8_t subns; 5971 }; 5972 5973 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5974 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5975 int n_ns; 5976 }; 5977 5978 /** 5979 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5980 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5981 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5982 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5983 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5984 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5985 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5986 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5987 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5988 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5989 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5990 * radiotap namespace or not 5991 * 5992 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5993 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5994 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5995 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5996 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5997 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5998 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5999 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 6000 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 6001 * next bitmap word 6002 * 6003 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 6004 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 6005 */ 6006 6007 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 6008 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 6009 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 6010 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 6011 6012 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 6013 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 6014 6015 unsigned char *this_arg; 6016 int this_arg_index; 6017 int this_arg_size; 6018 6019 int is_radiotap_ns; 6020 6021 int _max_length; 6022 int _arg_index; 6023 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 6024 int _reset_on_ext; 6025 }; 6026 6027 int 6028 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 6029 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 6030 int max_length, 6031 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 6032 6033 int 6034 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 6035 6036 6037 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 6038 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 6039 6040 /** 6041 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 6042 * 6043 * @skb: the frame 6044 * 6045 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 6046 * returns the 802.11 header length. 6047 * 6048 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 6049 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 6050 * 802.11 header. 6051 */ 6052 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 6053 6054 /** 6055 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 6056 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 6057 * Return: The header length in bytes. 6058 */ 6059 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 6060 6061 /** 6062 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 6063 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 6064 * (first byte) will be accessed 6065 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 6066 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 6067 */ 6068 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 6069 6070 /** 6071 * DOC: Data path helpers 6072 * 6073 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 6074 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 6075 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 6076 */ 6077 6078 /** 6079 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6080 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6081 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 6082 * of it being pushed into the SKB 6083 * @addr: the device MAC address 6084 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6085 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 6086 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 6087 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6088 */ 6089 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 6090 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6091 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 6092 6093 /** 6094 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 6095 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 6096 * @addr: the device MAC address 6097 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 6098 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 6099 */ 6100 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 6101 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 6102 { 6103 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 6104 } 6105 6106 /** 6107 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 6108 * 6109 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 6110 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 6111 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 6112 * 6113 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 6114 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 6115 * initialized by the caller. 6116 * @addr: The device MAC address. 6117 * @iftype: The device interface type. 6118 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 6119 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6120 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 6121 */ 6122 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 6123 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 6124 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 6125 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 6126 6127 /** 6128 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 6129 * @skb: the data frame 6130 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 6131 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 6132 */ 6133 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 6134 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 6135 6136 /** 6137 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 6138 * 6139 * @eid: element ID 6140 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6141 * @len: length of data 6142 * @match: byte array to match 6143 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6144 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 6145 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 6146 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 6147 * the data portion instead. 6148 * 6149 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6150 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6151 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6152 * requested element struct. 6153 * 6154 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6155 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6156 * byte array to match. 6157 */ 6158 const struct element * 6159 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6160 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6161 unsigned int match_offset); 6162 6163 /** 6164 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6165 * 6166 * @eid: element ID 6167 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6168 * @len: length of data 6169 * @match: byte array to match 6170 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6171 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6172 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6173 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6174 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6175 * the second byte is the IE length. 6176 * 6177 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6178 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6179 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6180 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6181 * element ID. 6182 * 6183 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6184 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6185 * byte array to match. 6186 */ 6187 static inline const u8 * 6188 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6189 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6190 unsigned int match_offset) 6191 { 6192 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6193 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6194 */ 6195 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6196 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6197 return NULL; 6198 6199 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6200 match, match_len, 6201 match_offset ? 6202 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6203 } 6204 6205 /** 6206 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6207 * 6208 * @eid: element ID 6209 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6210 * @len: length of data 6211 * 6212 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6213 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6214 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6215 * requested element struct. 6216 * 6217 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6218 * having to fit into the given data. 6219 */ 6220 static inline const struct element * 6221 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6222 { 6223 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6224 } 6225 6226 /** 6227 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6228 * 6229 * @eid: element ID 6230 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6231 * @len: length of data 6232 * 6233 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6234 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6235 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6236 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6237 * 6238 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6239 * having to fit into the given data. 6240 */ 6241 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6242 { 6243 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6244 } 6245 6246 /** 6247 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6248 * 6249 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6250 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6251 * @len: length of data 6252 * 6253 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6254 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6255 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6256 * requested element struct. 6257 * 6258 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6259 * having to fit into the given data. 6260 */ 6261 static inline const struct element * 6262 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6263 { 6264 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6265 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6266 } 6267 6268 /** 6269 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6270 * 6271 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6272 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6273 * @len: length of data 6274 * 6275 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6276 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6277 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6278 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6279 * 6280 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6281 * having to fit into the given data. 6282 */ 6283 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6284 { 6285 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6286 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6287 } 6288 6289 /** 6290 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6291 * 6292 * @oui: vendor OUI 6293 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6294 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6295 * @len: length of data 6296 * 6297 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6298 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6299 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6300 * 6301 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6302 * the given data. 6303 */ 6304 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6305 const u8 *ies, 6306 unsigned int len); 6307 6308 /** 6309 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6310 * 6311 * @oui: vendor OUI 6312 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6313 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6314 * @len: length of data 6315 * 6316 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6317 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6318 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6319 * element ID. 6320 * 6321 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6322 * the given data. 6323 */ 6324 static inline const u8 * 6325 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6326 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6327 { 6328 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6329 } 6330 6331 /** 6332 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6333 * 6334 * @dev: network device 6335 * @addr: STA MAC address 6336 * 6337 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6338 * devices upon STA association. 6339 */ 6340 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6341 6342 /** 6343 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6344 * 6345 * TODO 6346 */ 6347 6348 /** 6349 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6350 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6351 * conflicts) 6352 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6353 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6354 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6355 * alpha2. 6356 * 6357 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6358 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6359 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6360 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6361 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6362 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6363 * 6364 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6365 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6366 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6367 * 6368 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6369 * an -ENOMEM. 6370 * 6371 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6372 */ 6373 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6374 6375 /** 6376 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6377 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6378 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6379 * 6380 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6381 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6382 * information. 6383 * 6384 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6385 */ 6386 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6387 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6388 6389 /** 6390 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6391 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6392 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6393 * 6394 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6395 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6396 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6397 * 6398 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6399 */ 6400 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6401 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6402 6403 /** 6404 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6405 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6406 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6407 * 6408 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6409 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6410 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6411 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6412 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6413 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6414 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6415 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6416 * that called this helper. 6417 */ 6418 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6419 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6420 6421 /** 6422 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6423 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6424 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6425 * 6426 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6427 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6428 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6429 * and processed already. 6430 * 6431 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6432 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6433 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6434 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6435 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6436 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6437 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6438 */ 6439 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6440 u32 center_freq); 6441 6442 /** 6443 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6444 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6445 * 6446 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6447 * proper string representation. 6448 */ 6449 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6450 6451 /** 6452 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6453 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6454 * 6455 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6456 */ 6457 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6458 6459 /** 6460 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6461 * 6462 */ 6463 6464 /** 6465 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6466 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6467 * 6468 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6469 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6470 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6471 * 6472 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6473 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6474 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6475 * 6476 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6477 * an -ENODATA. 6478 * 6479 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6480 */ 6481 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6482 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6483 6484 /* 6485 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6486 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6487 */ 6488 6489 /** 6490 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6491 * 6492 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6493 * @info: information about the completed scan 6494 */ 6495 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6496 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6497 6498 /** 6499 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6500 * 6501 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6502 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6503 */ 6504 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6505 6506 /** 6507 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6508 * 6509 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6510 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6511 * 6512 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6513 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6514 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6515 */ 6516 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6517 6518 /** 6519 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6520 * 6521 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6522 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6523 * 6524 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6525 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6526 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6527 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6528 */ 6529 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6530 6531 /** 6532 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6533 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6534 * @data: the BSS metadata 6535 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6536 * @len: length of the management frame 6537 * @gfp: context flags 6538 * 6539 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6540 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6541 * 6542 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6543 * Or %NULL on error. 6544 */ 6545 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6546 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6547 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6548 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6549 gfp_t gfp); 6550 6551 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6552 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6553 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6554 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6555 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6556 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6557 { 6558 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6559 .chan = rx_channel, 6560 .scan_width = scan_width, 6561 .signal = signal, 6562 }; 6563 6564 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6565 } 6566 6567 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6568 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6569 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6570 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6571 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6572 { 6573 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6574 .chan = rx_channel, 6575 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6576 .signal = signal, 6577 }; 6578 6579 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6580 } 6581 6582 /** 6583 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6584 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6585 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6586 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6587 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6588 */ 6589 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6590 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6591 { 6592 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6593 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6594 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6595 6596 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6597 6598 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6599 6600 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6601 } 6602 6603 /** 6604 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6605 * @element: element to check 6606 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6607 */ 6608 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6609 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6610 6611 /** 6612 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6613 * @ie: ies 6614 * @ielen: length of IEs 6615 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6616 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6617 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6618 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6619 */ 6620 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6621 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6622 const struct element *sub_elem, 6623 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6624 6625 /** 6626 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6627 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6628 * from a beacon or probe response 6629 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6630 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6631 */ 6632 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6633 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6634 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6635 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6636 }; 6637 6638 /** 6639 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6640 * @ie: IEs 6641 * @ielen: length of IEs 6642 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6643 * @ftype: frame type 6644 * 6645 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6646 */ 6647 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6648 enum nl80211_band band, 6649 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6650 6651 /** 6652 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6653 * 6654 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6655 * @data: the BSS metadata 6656 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6657 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6658 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6659 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6660 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6661 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6662 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6663 * @gfp: context flags 6664 * 6665 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6666 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6667 * 6668 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6669 * Or %NULL on error. 6670 */ 6671 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6672 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6673 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6674 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6675 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6676 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6677 gfp_t gfp); 6678 6679 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6680 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6681 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6682 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6683 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6684 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6685 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6686 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6687 { 6688 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6689 .chan = rx_channel, 6690 .scan_width = scan_width, 6691 .signal = signal, 6692 }; 6693 6694 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6695 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6696 gfp); 6697 } 6698 6699 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6700 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6701 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6702 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6703 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6704 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6705 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6706 { 6707 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6708 .chan = rx_channel, 6709 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6710 .signal = signal, 6711 }; 6712 6713 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6714 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6715 gfp); 6716 } 6717 6718 /** 6719 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6720 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6721 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6722 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6723 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6724 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6725 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6726 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6727 */ 6728 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6729 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6730 const u8 *bssid, 6731 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6732 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6733 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6734 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6735 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6736 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6737 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6738 { 6739 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6740 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6741 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6742 } 6743 6744 /** 6745 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6746 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6747 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6748 * 6749 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6750 */ 6751 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6752 6753 /** 6754 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6755 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6756 * @bss: the BSS struct 6757 * 6758 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6759 */ 6760 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6761 6762 /** 6763 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6764 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6765 * @bss: the bss to remove 6766 * 6767 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6768 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6769 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6770 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6771 */ 6772 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6773 6774 /** 6775 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6776 * 6777 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6778 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6779 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6780 * 6781 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6782 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6783 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6784 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6785 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6786 */ 6787 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6788 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6789 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6790 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6791 void *data), 6792 void *iter_data); 6793 6794 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6795 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6796 { 6797 switch (chandef->width) { 6798 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6799 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6800 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6801 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6802 default: 6803 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 /** 6808 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6809 * @dev: network device 6810 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6811 * @len: length of the frame data 6812 * 6813 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6814 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6815 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6816 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6817 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6818 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6819 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6820 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6821 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6822 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6823 * 6824 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6825 */ 6826 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6827 6828 /** 6829 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6830 * @dev: network device 6831 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6832 * 6833 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6834 * mutex. 6835 */ 6836 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6837 6838 /** 6839 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6840 * @dev: network device 6841 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6842 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6843 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6844 * @len: length of the frame data 6845 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6846 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6847 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6848 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6849 * 6850 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6851 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6852 * 6853 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6854 */ 6855 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6856 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6857 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6858 int uapsd_queues, 6859 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6860 6861 /** 6862 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6863 * @dev: network device 6864 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6865 * 6866 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6867 */ 6868 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6869 6870 /** 6871 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6872 * @dev: network device 6873 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6874 * 6875 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6876 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6877 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6878 */ 6879 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6880 6881 /** 6882 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6883 * @dev: network device 6884 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6885 * @len: length of the frame data 6886 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6887 * 6888 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6889 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6890 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6891 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6892 */ 6893 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6894 bool reconnect); 6895 6896 /** 6897 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6898 * @dev: network device 6899 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6900 * @len: length of the frame data 6901 * 6902 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6903 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6904 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6905 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6906 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6907 * 6908 * This function may sleep. 6909 */ 6910 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6911 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6912 6913 /** 6914 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6915 * @dev: network device 6916 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6917 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6918 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6919 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6920 * @gfp: allocation flags 6921 * 6922 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6923 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6924 * primitive. 6925 */ 6926 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6927 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6928 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6929 6930 /** 6931 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6932 * 6933 * @dev: network device 6934 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6935 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6936 * @gfp: allocation flags 6937 * 6938 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6939 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6940 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6941 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6942 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6943 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6944 */ 6945 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6946 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6947 6948 /** 6949 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6950 * candidate 6951 * 6952 * @dev: network device 6953 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6954 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6955 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6956 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 6957 * @gfp: allocation flags 6958 * 6959 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6960 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6961 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6962 */ 6963 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6964 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6965 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6966 6967 /** 6968 * DOC: RFkill integration 6969 * 6970 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6971 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6972 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6973 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6974 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6975 * 6976 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6977 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6978 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6979 */ 6980 6981 /** 6982 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6983 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6984 * @blocked: block status 6985 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 6986 */ 6987 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 6988 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 6989 6990 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 6991 { 6992 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 6993 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 6994 } 6995 6996 /** 6997 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6998 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6999 */ 7000 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7001 7002 /** 7003 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 7004 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7005 */ 7006 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 7007 { 7008 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 7009 } 7010 7011 /** 7012 * DOC: Vendor commands 7013 * 7014 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 7015 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 7016 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 7017 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 7018 * the configuration mechanism. 7019 * 7020 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 7021 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 7022 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 7023 * 7024 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 7025 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 7026 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 7027 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 7028 * managers etc. need. 7029 */ 7030 7031 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7032 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7033 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7034 int approxlen); 7035 7036 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7037 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7038 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 7039 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 7040 unsigned int portid, 7041 int vendor_event_idx, 7042 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 7043 7044 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 7045 7046 /** 7047 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 7048 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7049 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7050 * be put into the skb 7051 * 7052 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7053 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7054 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 7055 * 7056 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 7057 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7058 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7059 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7060 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7061 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 7062 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 7063 * 7064 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 7065 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 7066 * 7067 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7068 */ 7069 static inline struct sk_buff * 7070 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7071 { 7072 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7073 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 7074 } 7075 7076 /** 7077 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 7078 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7079 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 7080 * 7081 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7082 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 7083 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 7084 * skb regardless of the return value. 7085 * 7086 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7087 */ 7088 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 7089 7090 /** 7091 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 7092 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7093 * 7094 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 7095 * Valid to call only there. 7096 */ 7097 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7098 7099 /** 7100 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 7101 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7102 * @wdev: the wireless device 7103 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7104 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7105 * be put into the skb 7106 * @gfp: allocation flags 7107 * 7108 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7109 * vendor-specific multicast group. 7110 * 7111 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7112 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7113 * attribute. 7114 * 7115 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7116 * skb to send the event. 7117 * 7118 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7119 */ 7120 static inline struct sk_buff * 7121 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7122 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7123 { 7124 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7125 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7126 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7127 } 7128 7129 /** 7130 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 7131 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7132 * @wdev: the wireless device 7133 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 7134 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 7135 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7136 * be put into the skb 7137 * @gfp: allocation flags 7138 * 7139 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 7140 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 7141 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 7142 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 7143 * 7144 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 7145 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 7146 * attribute. 7147 * 7148 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 7149 * skb to send the event. 7150 * 7151 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7152 */ 7153 static inline struct sk_buff * 7154 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7155 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7156 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 7157 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 7158 { 7159 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7160 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7161 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7162 } 7163 7164 /** 7165 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7166 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7167 * @gfp: allocation flags 7168 * 7169 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7170 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7171 */ 7172 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7173 { 7174 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7175 } 7176 7177 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7178 /** 7179 * DOC: Test mode 7180 * 7181 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7182 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7183 * factory programming. 7184 * 7185 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7186 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7187 */ 7188 7189 /** 7190 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7191 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7192 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7193 * be put into the skb 7194 * 7195 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7196 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7197 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7198 * 7199 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7200 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7201 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7202 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7203 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7204 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7205 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7206 * 7207 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7208 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7209 * 7210 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7211 */ 7212 static inline struct sk_buff * 7213 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7214 { 7215 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7216 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7217 } 7218 7219 /** 7220 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7221 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7222 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7223 * 7224 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7225 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7226 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7227 * regardless of the return value. 7228 * 7229 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7230 */ 7231 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7232 { 7233 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7234 } 7235 7236 /** 7237 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7238 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7239 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7240 * be put into the skb 7241 * @gfp: allocation flags 7242 * 7243 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7244 * testmode multicast group. 7245 * 7246 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7247 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7248 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7249 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7250 * in any other way. 7251 * 7252 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7253 * skb to send the event. 7254 * 7255 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7256 */ 7257 static inline struct sk_buff * 7258 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7259 { 7260 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7261 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7262 approxlen, gfp); 7263 } 7264 7265 /** 7266 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7267 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7268 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7269 * @gfp: allocation flags 7270 * 7271 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7272 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7273 * consumes it. 7274 */ 7275 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7276 { 7277 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7278 } 7279 7280 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7281 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7282 #else 7283 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7284 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7285 #endif 7286 7287 /** 7288 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7289 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7290 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7291 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7292 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7293 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7294 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7295 * status for a FILS connection. 7296 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7297 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7298 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7299 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7300 */ 7301 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7302 const u8 *kek; 7303 size_t kek_len; 7304 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7305 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7306 const u8 *pmk; 7307 size_t pmk_len; 7308 const u8 *pmkid; 7309 }; 7310 7311 /** 7312 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7313 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7314 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7315 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7316 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7317 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7318 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7319 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7320 * case. 7321 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7322 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7323 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7324 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7325 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7326 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7327 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7328 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7329 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7330 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7331 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7332 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 7333 * zero. 7334 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7335 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 7336 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 7337 * connected AP info. 7338 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 7339 * %NULL. 7340 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 7341 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 7342 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 7343 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 7344 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 7345 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 7346 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 7347 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 7348 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 7349 * to be specified. 7350 */ 7351 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7352 int status; 7353 const u8 *req_ie; 7354 size_t req_ie_len; 7355 const u8 *resp_ie; 7356 size_t resp_ie_len; 7357 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7358 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7359 7360 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7361 u16 valid_links; 7362 struct { 7363 const u8 *addr; 7364 const u8 *bssid; 7365 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7366 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7367 }; 7368 7369 /** 7370 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7371 * 7372 * @dev: network device 7373 * @params: connection response parameters 7374 * @gfp: allocation flags 7375 * 7376 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7377 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7378 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7379 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7380 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7381 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7382 */ 7383 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7384 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7385 gfp_t gfp); 7386 7387 /** 7388 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7389 * 7390 * @dev: network device 7391 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7392 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7393 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7394 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7395 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7396 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7397 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7398 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7399 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7400 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7401 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7402 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7403 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7404 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7405 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7406 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7407 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7408 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7409 * case. 7410 * @gfp: allocation flags 7411 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7412 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7413 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7414 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7415 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7416 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7417 * 7418 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7419 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7420 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7421 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7422 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7423 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7424 */ 7425 static inline void 7426 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7427 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7428 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7429 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7430 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7431 { 7432 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7433 7434 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7435 params.status = status; 7436 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 7437 params.links[0].bss = bss; 7438 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7439 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7440 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7441 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7442 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7443 7444 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7445 } 7446 7447 /** 7448 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7449 * 7450 * @dev: network device 7451 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7452 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7453 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7454 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7455 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7456 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7457 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7458 * the real status code for failures. 7459 * @gfp: allocation flags 7460 * 7461 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7462 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7463 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7464 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7465 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7466 */ 7467 static inline void 7468 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7469 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7470 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7471 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7472 { 7473 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7474 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7475 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7476 } 7477 7478 /** 7479 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7480 * 7481 * @dev: network device 7482 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7483 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7484 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7485 * @gfp: allocation flags 7486 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7487 * 7488 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7489 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7490 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7491 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7492 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7493 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7494 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7495 */ 7496 static inline void 7497 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7498 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7499 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7500 { 7501 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7502 gfp, timeout_reason); 7503 } 7504 7505 /** 7506 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7507 * 7508 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7509 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7510 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7511 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7512 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7513 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 7514 * Otherwise zero. 7515 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 7516 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 7517 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 7518 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 7519 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 7520 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 7521 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 7522 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 7523 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 7524 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 7525 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 7526 */ 7527 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7528 const u8 *req_ie; 7529 size_t req_ie_len; 7530 const u8 *resp_ie; 7531 size_t resp_ie_len; 7532 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7533 7534 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 7535 u16 valid_links; 7536 struct { 7537 const u8 *addr; 7538 const u8 *bssid; 7539 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7540 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7541 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 7542 }; 7543 7544 /** 7545 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7546 * 7547 * @dev: network device 7548 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7549 * @gfp: allocation flags 7550 * 7551 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7552 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7553 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7554 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7555 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7556 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7557 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7558 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7559 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7560 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7561 */ 7562 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7563 gfp_t gfp); 7564 7565 /** 7566 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7567 * 7568 * @dev: network device 7569 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7570 * @gfp: allocation flags 7571 * 7572 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7573 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7574 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7575 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7576 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7577 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7578 */ 7579 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7580 gfp_t gfp); 7581 7582 /** 7583 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7584 * 7585 * @dev: network device 7586 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7587 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7588 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7589 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7590 * @gfp: allocation flags 7591 * 7592 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7593 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7594 */ 7595 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7596 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7597 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7598 7599 /** 7600 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7601 * @wdev: wireless device 7602 * @cookie: the request cookie 7603 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7604 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7605 * channel 7606 * @gfp: allocation flags 7607 */ 7608 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7609 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7610 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7611 7612 /** 7613 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7614 * @wdev: wireless device 7615 * @cookie: the request cookie 7616 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7617 * @gfp: allocation flags 7618 */ 7619 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7620 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7621 gfp_t gfp); 7622 7623 /** 7624 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7625 * @wdev: wireless device 7626 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7627 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7628 * @gfp: allocation flags 7629 */ 7630 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7631 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7632 7633 /** 7634 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7635 * 7636 * @sinfo: the station information 7637 * @gfp: allocation flags 7638 */ 7639 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7640 7641 /** 7642 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7643 * @sinfo: the station information 7644 * 7645 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7646 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7647 * the stack.) 7648 */ 7649 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7650 { 7651 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7652 } 7653 7654 /** 7655 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7656 * 7657 * @dev: the netdev 7658 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7659 * @sinfo: the station information 7660 * @gfp: allocation flags 7661 */ 7662 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7663 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7664 7665 /** 7666 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7667 * @dev: the netdev 7668 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7669 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7670 * @gfp: allocation flags 7671 */ 7672 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7673 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7674 7675 /** 7676 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7677 * 7678 * @dev: the netdev 7679 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7680 * @gfp: allocation flags 7681 */ 7682 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7683 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7684 { 7685 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7686 } 7687 7688 /** 7689 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7690 * 7691 * @dev: the netdev 7692 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7693 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7694 * @gfp: allocation flags 7695 * 7696 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7697 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7698 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7699 * 7700 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7701 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7702 */ 7703 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7704 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7705 gfp_t gfp); 7706 7707 /** 7708 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7709 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7710 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7711 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7712 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7713 * @len: length of the frame data 7714 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7715 * 7716 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7717 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7718 * 7719 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7720 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7721 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7722 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7723 */ 7724 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7725 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7726 7727 /** 7728 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7729 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7730 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7731 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7732 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7733 * @len: length of the frame data 7734 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7735 * 7736 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7737 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7738 * 7739 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7740 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7741 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7742 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7743 */ 7744 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7745 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7746 u32 flags) 7747 { 7748 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7749 flags); 7750 } 7751 7752 /** 7753 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7754 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7755 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7756 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7757 * @len: length of the frame data 7758 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7759 * @gfp: context flags 7760 * 7761 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7762 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7763 * transmission attempt. 7764 */ 7765 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7766 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7767 7768 /** 7769 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7770 * port frames 7771 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7772 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7773 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7774 * @len: length of the frame data 7775 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7776 * @gfp: context flags 7777 * 7778 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7779 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7780 * the transmission attempt. 7781 */ 7782 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7783 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7784 gfp_t gfp); 7785 7786 /** 7787 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7788 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7789 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7790 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7791 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7792 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7793 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7794 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7795 * 7796 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7797 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7798 * control port frames over nl80211. 7799 * 7800 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7801 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7802 * 7803 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7804 */ 7805 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7806 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7807 7808 /** 7809 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7810 * @dev: network device 7811 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7812 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7813 * @gfp: context flags 7814 * 7815 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7816 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7817 */ 7818 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7819 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7820 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7821 7822 /** 7823 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7824 * @dev: network device 7825 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7826 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7827 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7828 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7829 * @gfp: context flags 7830 */ 7831 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7832 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7833 7834 /** 7835 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7836 * @dev: network device 7837 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7838 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7839 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7840 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7841 * @gfp: context flags 7842 * 7843 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7844 * given interval is exceeded. 7845 */ 7846 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7847 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7848 7849 /** 7850 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7851 * @dev: network device 7852 * @gfp: context flags 7853 * 7854 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7855 */ 7856 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7857 7858 /** 7859 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7860 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7861 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7862 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 7863 * @gfp: context flags 7864 * 7865 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7866 */ 7867 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7868 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7869 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 7870 7871 static inline void 7872 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7873 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7874 gfp_t gfp) 7875 { 7876 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 7877 } 7878 7879 static inline void 7880 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7881 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7882 gfp_t gfp) 7883 { 7884 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 7885 } 7886 7887 /** 7888 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7889 * @dev: network device 7890 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7891 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7892 * @gfp: context flags 7893 * 7894 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7895 * frame. 7896 */ 7897 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7898 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7899 gfp_t gfp); 7900 7901 /** 7902 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7903 * @netdev: network device 7904 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7905 * @event: type of event 7906 * @gfp: context flags 7907 * 7908 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7909 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7910 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7911 */ 7912 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7913 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7914 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7915 7916 /** 7917 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 7918 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7919 * 7920 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 7921 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 7922 */ 7923 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7924 7925 /** 7926 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7927 * @dev: network device 7928 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7929 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7930 * @gfp: allocation flags 7931 */ 7932 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7933 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7934 7935 /** 7936 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7937 * @dev: network device 7938 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7939 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7940 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7941 * @gfp: allocation flags 7942 */ 7943 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7944 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7945 7946 /** 7947 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7948 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7949 * @addr: the transmitter address 7950 * @gfp: context flags 7951 * 7952 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7953 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7954 * sender. 7955 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7956 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7957 */ 7958 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7959 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7960 7961 /** 7962 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7963 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7964 * @addr: the transmitter address 7965 * @gfp: context flags 7966 * 7967 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7968 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7969 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7970 * station to avoid event flooding. 7971 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7972 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7973 */ 7974 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7975 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7976 7977 /** 7978 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7979 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7980 * @addr: the address of the peer 7981 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7982 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7983 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7984 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7985 * @gfp: allocation flags 7986 */ 7987 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7988 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7989 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7990 7991 /** 7992 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7993 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7994 * @frame: the frame 7995 * @len: length of the frame 7996 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7997 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7998 * 7999 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8000 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8001 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8002 */ 8003 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 8004 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 8005 8006 /** 8007 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 8008 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 8009 * @frame: the frame 8010 * @len: length of the frame 8011 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 8012 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8013 * 8014 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 8015 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 8016 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 8017 */ 8018 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8019 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 8020 int freq, int sig_dbm) 8021 { 8022 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 8023 sig_dbm); 8024 } 8025 8026 /** 8027 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 8028 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8029 * @chandef: the channel definition 8030 * @iftype: interface type 8031 * 8032 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8033 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 8034 */ 8035 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8036 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8037 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8038 8039 /** 8040 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 8041 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8042 * @chandef: the channel definition 8043 * @iftype: interface type 8044 * 8045 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 8046 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 8047 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 8048 * more permissive conditions. 8049 * 8050 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 8051 */ 8052 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8053 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8054 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 8055 8056 /* 8057 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 8058 * @dev: the device which switched channels 8059 * @chandef: the new channel definition 8060 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 8061 * 8062 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 8063 * driver context! 8064 */ 8065 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8066 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8067 unsigned int link_id); 8068 8069 /* 8070 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 8071 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 8072 * @chandef: the future channel definition 8073 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 8074 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 8075 * 8076 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 8077 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 8078 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 8079 */ 8080 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8081 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8082 u8 count, bool quiet); 8083 8084 /** 8085 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 8086 * 8087 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 8088 * @band: band pointer to fill 8089 * 8090 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8091 */ 8092 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 8093 enum nl80211_band *band); 8094 8095 /** 8096 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 8097 * 8098 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8099 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 8100 * 8101 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 8102 */ 8103 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 8104 u8 *op_class); 8105 8106 /** 8107 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 8108 * 8109 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 8110 * 8111 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 8112 */ 8113 static inline u32 8114 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 8115 { 8116 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 8117 } 8118 8119 /* 8120 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 8121 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 8122 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 8123 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 8124 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 8125 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 8126 * @gfp: allocation flags 8127 * 8128 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 8129 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 8130 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 8131 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 8132 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 8133 */ 8134 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 8135 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 8136 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 8137 8138 /* 8139 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 8140 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 8141 * 8142 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 8143 */ 8144 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 8145 8146 /** 8147 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 8148 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 8149 * 8150 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 8151 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 8152 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 8153 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 8154 * is unbound from the driver. 8155 * 8156 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8157 */ 8158 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 8159 8160 /** 8161 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 8162 * @dev: the netdev to register 8163 * 8164 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8165 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 8166 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 8167 * instead as well. 8168 * 8169 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8170 */ 8171 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 8172 8173 /** 8174 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 8175 * @dev: the netdev to register 8176 * 8177 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 8178 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 8179 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 8180 * usable instead as well. 8181 * 8182 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 8183 */ 8184 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 8185 { 8186 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 8187 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 8188 #endif 8189 } 8190 8191 /** 8192 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 8193 * @ies: FT IEs 8194 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 8195 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8196 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8197 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8198 */ 8199 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8200 const u8 *ies; 8201 size_t ies_len; 8202 const u8 *target_ap; 8203 const u8 *ric_ies; 8204 size_t ric_ies_len; 8205 }; 8206 8207 /** 8208 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8209 * @netdev: network device 8210 * @ft_event: IE information 8211 */ 8212 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8213 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8214 8215 /** 8216 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8217 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8218 * @len: the input length 8219 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8220 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8221 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8222 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8223 * 8224 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8225 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8226 * 8227 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8228 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8229 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8230 */ 8231 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8232 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8233 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8234 8235 /** 8236 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8237 * @ies: the IE buffer 8238 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8239 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8240 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8241 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8242 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8243 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8244 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8245 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8246 * 8247 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8248 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8249 * split. 8250 * 8251 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8252 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8253 * 8254 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8255 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8256 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8257 * 8258 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8259 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8260 * of the buffer should be used. 8261 */ 8262 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8263 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8264 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8265 size_t offset); 8266 8267 /** 8268 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8269 * @ies: the IE buffer 8270 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8271 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8272 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8273 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8274 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8275 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8276 * 8277 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8278 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8279 * split. 8280 * 8281 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8282 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8283 * 8284 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8285 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8286 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8287 * 8288 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8289 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8290 * of the buffer should be used. 8291 */ 8292 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8293 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8294 { 8295 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8296 } 8297 8298 /** 8299 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8300 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8301 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8302 * @gfp: allocation flags 8303 * 8304 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8305 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8306 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8307 * else caused the wakeup. 8308 */ 8309 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8310 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8311 gfp_t gfp); 8312 8313 /** 8314 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8315 * 8316 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8317 * @gfp: allocation flags 8318 * 8319 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8320 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8321 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8322 */ 8323 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8324 8325 /** 8326 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8327 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8328 * 8329 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8330 */ 8331 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8332 8333 /** 8334 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8335 * 8336 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8337 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8338 * 8339 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8340 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8341 * the interface combinations. 8342 */ 8343 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8344 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8345 8346 /** 8347 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8348 * 8349 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8350 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8351 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8352 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8353 * 8354 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8355 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8356 * purposes. 8357 */ 8358 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8359 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8360 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8361 void *data), 8362 void *data); 8363 8364 /* 8365 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8366 * 8367 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8368 * @wdev: wireless device 8369 * @gfp: context flags 8370 * 8371 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8372 * disconnected. 8373 * 8374 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8375 */ 8376 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8377 gfp_t gfp); 8378 8379 /** 8380 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8381 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8382 * 8383 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8384 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8385 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8386 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8387 * 8388 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8389 * the driver while the function is running. 8390 */ 8391 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8392 8393 /** 8394 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8395 * 8396 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8397 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8398 * 8399 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8400 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8401 */ 8402 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8403 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8404 { 8405 u8 *ft_byte; 8406 8407 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8408 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8409 } 8410 8411 /** 8412 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8413 * 8414 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8415 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8416 * 8417 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8418 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8419 */ 8420 static inline bool 8421 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8422 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8423 { 8424 u8 ft_byte; 8425 8426 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8427 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8428 } 8429 8430 /** 8431 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8432 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8433 * 8434 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8435 */ 8436 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8437 8438 /** 8439 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8440 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8441 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8442 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8443 * result. 8444 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8445 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8446 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8447 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8448 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8449 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8450 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8451 */ 8452 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8453 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8454 u8 inst_id; 8455 u8 peer_inst_id; 8456 const u8 *addr; 8457 u8 info_len; 8458 const u8 *info; 8459 u64 cookie; 8460 }; 8461 8462 /** 8463 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8464 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8465 * @match: match notification parameters 8466 * @gfp: allocation flags 8467 * 8468 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8469 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8470 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8471 */ 8472 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8473 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8474 8475 /** 8476 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8477 * 8478 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8479 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8480 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8481 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8482 * @gfp: allocation flags 8483 * 8484 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8485 */ 8486 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8487 u8 inst_id, 8488 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8489 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8490 8491 /* ethtool helper */ 8492 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8493 8494 /** 8495 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8496 * @netdev: network device 8497 * @params: External authentication parameters 8498 * @gfp: allocation flags 8499 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8500 */ 8501 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8502 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8503 gfp_t gfp); 8504 8505 /** 8506 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8507 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8508 * @req: the original measurement request 8509 * @result: the result data 8510 * @gfp: allocation flags 8511 */ 8512 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8513 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8514 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8515 gfp_t gfp); 8516 8517 /** 8518 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8519 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8520 * @req: the original measurement request 8521 * @gfp: allocation flags 8522 * 8523 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8524 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8525 */ 8526 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8527 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8528 gfp_t gfp); 8529 8530 /** 8531 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8532 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8533 * @iftype: interface type 8534 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8535 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8536 * 8537 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8538 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8539 * check_swif is '1'. 8540 */ 8541 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8542 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8543 8544 8545 /** 8546 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8547 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8548 * @netdev: network device 8549 * @bss: the bss entry with which association is in progress. 8550 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8551 * 8552 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8553 */ 8554 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8555 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u32 timeout); 8556 8557 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8558 8559 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8560 8561 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8562 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8563 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8564 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8565 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8566 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8567 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8568 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8569 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8570 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8571 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8572 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8573 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8574 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8575 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8576 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8577 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8578 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8579 8580 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8581 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8582 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8583 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8584 8585 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8586 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8587 8588 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8589 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8590 8591 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8592 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8593 #else 8594 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8595 ({ \ 8596 if (0) \ 8597 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8598 0; \ 8599 }) 8600 #endif 8601 8602 /* 8603 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8604 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8605 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8606 */ 8607 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8608 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8609 8610 /** 8611 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8612 * @netdev: network device 8613 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8614 * @gfp: allocation flags 8615 */ 8616 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8617 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8618 gfp_t gfp); 8619 8620 /** 8621 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8622 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8623 */ 8624 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8625 8626 /** 8627 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8628 * @dev: network device 8629 * @gfp: allocation flags 8630 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8631 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8632 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8633 */ 8634 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8635 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8636 u64 color_bitmap); 8637 8638 /** 8639 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8640 * @dev: network device 8641 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8642 * @gfp: allocation flags 8643 */ 8644 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8645 u64 color_bitmap, gfp_t gfp) 8646 { 8647 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, gfp, 8648 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8649 0, color_bitmap); 8650 } 8651 8652 /** 8653 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8654 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8655 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8656 * 8657 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8658 */ 8659 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8660 u8 count) 8661 { 8662 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8663 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8664 count, 0); 8665 } 8666 8667 /** 8668 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8669 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8670 * 8671 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8672 */ 8673 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8674 { 8675 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8676 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8677 0, 0); 8678 } 8679 8680 /** 8681 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8682 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8683 * 8684 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8685 */ 8686 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8687 { 8688 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8689 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8690 0, 0); 8691 } 8692 8693 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8694